1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 46 #include <algorithm> 47 #include <cstring> 48 #include <functional> 49 using namespace clang; 50 using namespace sema; 51 52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 53 if (OwnedType) { 54 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 56 } 57 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 59 } 60 61 namespace { 62 63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 64 public: 65 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 66 bool AllowTemplates=false) 67 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 68 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 69 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 70 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 71 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 72 } 73 74 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 75 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 76 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 77 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 78 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 79 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 80 } 81 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 82 } 83 84 private: 85 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 86 bool WantClassName; 87 bool AllowClassTemplates; 88 }; 89 90 } 91 92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 94 switch (Kind) { 95 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 96 // token kind is a valid type specifier 97 case tok::kw_short: 98 case tok::kw_long: 99 case tok::kw___int64: 100 case tok::kw___int128: 101 case tok::kw_signed: 102 case tok::kw_unsigned: 103 case tok::kw_void: 104 case tok::kw_char: 105 case tok::kw_int: 106 case tok::kw_half: 107 case tok::kw_float: 108 case tok::kw_double: 109 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 110 case tok::kw_bool: 111 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 112 return true; 113 114 case tok::annot_typename: 115 case tok::kw_char16_t: 116 case tok::kw_char32_t: 117 case tok::kw_typeof: 118 case tok::annot_decltype: 119 case tok::kw_decltype: 120 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 121 122 default: 123 break; 124 } 125 126 return false; 127 } 128 129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 130 /// return the declaration of that type. 131 /// 132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 138 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 139 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 140 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 141 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 142 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 143 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 144 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 145 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 146 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 147 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 148 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 149 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 150 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 151 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 152 153 if (!LookupCtx) { 154 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 155 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 156 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 157 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 158 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 159 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 160 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 161 // 162 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 163 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 164 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 165 return ParsedType(); 166 167 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 168 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 169 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 170 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 171 172 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 173 QualType T = 174 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 175 II, NameLoc); 176 177 return ParsedType::make(T); 178 } 179 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 184 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 185 return ParsedType(); 186 } 187 188 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 189 // lookup for class-names. 190 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 191 LookupOrdinaryName; 192 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 193 if (LookupCtx) { 194 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 195 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 196 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 197 // nested-name-specifier. 198 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 199 200 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 201 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 202 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 203 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 204 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 205 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 206 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 } else { 210 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 211 LookupName(Result, S); 212 } 213 214 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 215 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 216 case LookupResult::NotFound: 217 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 218 if (CorrectedII) { 219 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 220 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 221 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 222 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 223 TemplateTy Template; 224 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 225 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 226 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 228 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 229 if (SS && NNS) { 230 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 231 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 232 } 233 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 234 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 235 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 236 // is handled elsewhere). 237 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 238 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 239 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 240 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 241 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 242 IsCtorOrDtorName, 243 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 244 if (Ty) { 245 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 246 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 247 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 248 if (SS && NNS) 249 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 250 *CorrectedII = NewII; 251 return Ty; 252 } 253 } 254 } 255 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 256 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 257 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 258 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 259 return ParsedType(); 260 261 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 262 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 263 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 264 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 265 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 266 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 267 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 268 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 269 return ParsedType(); 270 } 271 272 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 273 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 274 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 275 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 276 if (!IIDecl || 277 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 278 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 279 IIDecl = *Res; 280 } 281 } 282 283 if (!IIDecl) { 284 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 285 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 286 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 287 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 288 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 289 // a type name. 290 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 return ParsedType(); 292 } 293 294 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 295 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 296 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 297 // perform the name lookup again. 298 break; 299 300 case LookupResult::Found: 301 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 302 break; 303 } 304 305 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 306 307 QualType T; 308 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 309 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 310 311 if (T.isNull()) 312 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 313 314 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 315 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 316 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 317 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 318 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 319 // Construct a type with type-source information. 320 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 321 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 322 323 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 324 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 325 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 326 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 327 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 328 } else { 329 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 330 } 331 } 332 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 333 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 334 if (!HasTrailingDot) 335 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 336 } 337 338 if (T.isNull()) { 339 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 340 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 341 return ParsedType(); 342 } 343 return ParsedType::make(T); 344 } 345 346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 352 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 353 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 354 LookupName(R, S, false); 355 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 356 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 357 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 358 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 359 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 360 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 361 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 362 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 363 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 364 } 365 } 366 367 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 368 } 369 370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 374 /// @code 375 /// template<class T> class A { 376 /// public: 377 /// typedef int TYPE; 378 /// }; 379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 380 /// public: 381 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 382 /// }; 383 /// @endcode 384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 385 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 386 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 387 388 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 389 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 390 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 391 return true; 392 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 393 } 394 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 395 } 396 397 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 398 SourceLocation IILoc, 399 Scope *S, 400 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 401 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 402 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 403 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 404 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 405 406 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 407 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 408 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 409 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 410 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 411 Validator)) { 412 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 413 // We corrected to a keyword. 414 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 415 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 416 } else { 417 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 418 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 419 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 420 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 421 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 422 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 423 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 424 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 425 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 426 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 427 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 428 } else { 429 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 430 } 431 432 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 433 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 434 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 435 SourceRange(IILoc)); 436 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 437 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 438 false, ParsedType(), 439 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 440 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 441 } 442 return true; 443 } 444 445 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 446 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 447 UnqualifiedId Name; 448 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 449 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 450 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 451 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 452 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 453 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 454 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 455 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 456 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 457 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 458 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 459 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 460 } 461 return true; 462 } 463 } 464 465 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 466 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 467 468 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 469 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 470 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 471 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 472 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 473 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 474 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 475 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 476 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 477 478 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 479 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 480 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 481 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 482 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 483 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 484 } else { 485 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 486 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 487 } 488 489 return true; 490 } 491 492 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 493 /// or 494 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 495 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 496 NextToken.is(tok::less); 497 498 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 499 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 500 return true; 501 502 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 503 return true; 504 } 505 506 return false; 507 } 508 509 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 510 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 511 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 512 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 513 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 514 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 515 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 516 const char *TagName = 0; 517 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 518 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 519 case TTK_Class: 520 TagName = "class"; 521 FixItTagName = "class "; 522 break; 523 524 case TTK_Enum: 525 TagName = "enum"; 526 FixItTagName = "enum "; 527 break; 528 529 case TTK_Struct: 530 TagName = "struct"; 531 FixItTagName = "struct "; 532 break; 533 534 case TTK_Interface: 535 TagName = "__interface"; 536 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 537 break; 538 539 case TTK_Union: 540 TagName = "union"; 541 FixItTagName = "union "; 542 break; 543 } 544 545 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 546 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 547 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 548 549 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 550 I != IEnd; ++I) 551 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 552 << Name << TagName; 553 554 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 555 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 556 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 557 return true; 558 } 559 560 return false; 561 } 562 563 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 564 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 565 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 566 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 567 568 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 569 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 570 571 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 572 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 573 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 574 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 575 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 576 } 577 578 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 579 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 580 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 581 SourceLocation NameLoc, 582 const Token &NextToken, 583 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 584 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 585 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 586 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 587 588 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 589 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 590 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 591 592 } 593 594 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 595 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 596 597 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 598 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 599 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 600 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 601 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 602 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 603 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 604 return E; 605 } 606 607 bool SecondTry = false; 608 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 609 610 Corrected: 611 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 612 case LookupResult::NotFound: 613 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 614 // call. 615 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 616 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 617 // FIXME: Reference? 618 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 619 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 620 621 // C90 6.3.2.2: 622 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 623 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 624 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 625 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 626 // the function call, the declaration 627 // 628 // extern int identifier (); 629 // 630 // appeared. 631 // 632 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 633 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 634 Result.addDecl(D); 635 Result.resolveKind(); 636 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 637 } 638 } 639 640 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 641 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 642 // "struct", or "union". 643 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 644 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 645 break; 646 } 647 648 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 649 // close to this name. 650 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 651 SecondTry = true; 652 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 653 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 654 &SS, *CCC)) { 655 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 656 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 657 658 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 659 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 660 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 661 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 662 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 663 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 664 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 665 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 666 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 667 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 668 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 669 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 670 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 671 } 672 673 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 674 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 675 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 676 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 677 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 678 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 679 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 680 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 681 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 682 } 683 684 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 685 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 686 687 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 688 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 689 return Name; 690 691 // Also update the LookupResult... 692 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 693 Result.clear(); 694 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 695 if (FirstDecl) 696 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 697 698 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 699 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 700 // reference the ivar. 701 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 702 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 703 Result.clear(); 704 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 705 return E; 706 } 707 708 goto Corrected; 709 } 710 } 711 712 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 713 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 714 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 715 716 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 717 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 718 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 719 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 720 721 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 722 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 723 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 724 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 725 // qualified by the keyword typename. 726 // 727 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 728 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 729 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 730 // keyword here. 731 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 732 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 733 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 734 } 735 736 case LookupResult::Found: 737 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 738 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 739 break; 740 741 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 743 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 744 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 745 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 746 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 747 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 748 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 749 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 750 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 751 // ambiguous. 752 // 753 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 754 // so try again after filtering out template names. 755 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 756 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 757 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 758 break; 759 } 760 } 761 762 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 763 return NameClassification::Error(); 764 } 765 766 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 767 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 768 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 769 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 770 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 771 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 772 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 773 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 774 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 775 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 776 777 if (!Result.empty()) { 778 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 779 bool IsVarTemplate; 780 TemplateName Template; 781 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 782 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 783 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 784 Result.end()); 785 } else { 786 TemplateDecl *TD 787 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 788 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 789 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 790 791 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 792 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 793 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 794 TD); 795 else 796 Template = TemplateName(TD); 797 } 798 799 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 800 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 801 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 802 // to based on which function we selected. 803 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 804 805 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 806 } 807 808 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 809 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 810 } 811 } 812 813 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 814 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 815 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 816 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 817 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 818 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 819 return ParsedType::make(T); 820 } 821 822 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 823 if (!Class) { 824 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 825 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 826 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 827 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 828 } 829 830 if (Class) { 831 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 832 833 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 834 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 835 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 836 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 837 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 838 } 839 840 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 841 return ParsedType::make(T); 842 } 843 844 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 845 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 846 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 847 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 848 849 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 850 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 851 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 852 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 853 (NextIsOp && 854 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 855 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 856 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 857 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 858 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 859 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 860 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 861 return ParsedType::make(T); 862 } 863 864 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 865 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 866 867 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 868 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 869 } 870 871 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 872 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 873 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 874 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 875 876 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 877 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 878 // the context we'll need to return to. 879 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 880 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 881 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 882 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 883 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 884 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 885 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 886 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 887 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 888 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 889 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 890 891 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 892 // lexical context. 893 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 894 return DC; 895 896 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 897 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 898 // class is the context we need to return to. 899 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 900 DC = RD; 901 902 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 903 // declared in. 904 return DC; 905 } 906 907 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 908 } 909 910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 911 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 912 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 913 CurContext = DC; 914 S->setEntity(DC); 915 } 916 917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 918 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 919 920 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 921 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 922 } 923 924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 926 /// 927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 928 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 929 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 930 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 931 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 932 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 933 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 934 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 935 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 936 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 937 // namespace. 938 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 939 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 940 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 941 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 942 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 943 944 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 945 946 #ifndef NDEBUG 947 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 948 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 949 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 950 #endif 951 952 CurContext = DC; 953 S->setEntity(DC); 954 } 955 956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 957 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 958 959 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 960 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 961 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 962 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 963 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 964 965 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 966 // disappear. 967 } 968 969 970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 971 // We assume that the caller has already called 972 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 973 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 974 if (!FD) 975 return; 976 977 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 978 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 979 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 980 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 981 CurContext = FD; 982 S->setEntity(CurContext); 983 984 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 985 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 986 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 987 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 988 S->AddDecl(Param); 989 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 990 } 991 } 992 } 993 994 995 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 996 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 997 // rather than the top-level class. 998 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 999 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1000 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1001 } 1002 1003 1004 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1005 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1006 /// 1007 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1008 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1009 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1010 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1011 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1012 /// attribute. 1013 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1014 ASTContext &Context) { 1015 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1016 return true; 1017 1018 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1019 return true; 1020 1021 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1022 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1023 } 1024 1025 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1026 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1027 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1028 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1029 // scope. 1030 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1031 S = S->getParent(); 1032 1033 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1034 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1035 // into any context. 1036 if (AddToContext) 1037 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1038 1039 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1040 // are function-local declarations. 1041 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1042 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1043 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1044 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1045 return; 1046 1047 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1049 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1050 return; 1051 1052 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1053 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1054 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1055 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1056 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1057 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1058 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1059 1060 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1061 break; 1062 } 1063 } 1064 1065 S->AddDecl(D); 1066 1067 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1068 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1069 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1070 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1071 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1072 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1073 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1074 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1075 continue; 1076 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1077 break; 1078 } 1079 1080 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1081 } else { 1082 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1083 } 1084 } 1085 1086 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1087 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1088 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1089 } 1090 1091 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1092 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1093 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1094 } 1095 1096 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1097 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1098 do { 1099 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1100 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1101 return S; 1102 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1103 1104 return 0; 1105 } 1106 1107 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1108 DeclContext*, 1109 ASTContext&); 1110 1111 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1112 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1113 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1114 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1115 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1116 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1117 while (F.hasNext()) { 1118 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1119 1120 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1121 continue; 1122 1123 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1124 continue; 1125 1126 F.erase(); 1127 } 1128 1129 F.done(); 1130 } 1131 1132 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1133 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1134 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1135 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1136 } 1137 1138 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1139 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1140 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1141 while (F.hasNext()) 1142 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1143 F.erase(); 1144 1145 F.done(); 1146 } 1147 1148 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1149 /// @code 1150 /// class S { 1151 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1152 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1153 /// }; 1154 /// @endcode 1155 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1156 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1157 // the decl here. 1158 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1159 return false; 1160 1161 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1162 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1163 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1164 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1165 return false; 1166 } 1167 1168 // We need this to handle 1169 // 1170 // typedef struct { 1171 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1172 // } A; 1173 // 1174 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1175 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1176 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1177 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1178 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1179 // not. 1180 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1181 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1182 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1183 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1184 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1185 return true; 1186 } 1187 DC = DC->getParent(); 1188 } 1189 1190 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1191 } 1192 1193 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1194 // these semantics. 1195 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1196 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1197 return false; 1198 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1199 } 1200 1201 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1202 assert(D); 1203 1204 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1205 return false; 1206 1207 // Ignore class templates. 1208 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1209 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1210 return false; 1211 1212 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1213 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1214 return false; 1215 1216 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1217 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1218 return false; 1219 } else { 1220 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1221 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1222 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1223 return false; 1224 } 1225 1226 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1227 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1228 return false; 1229 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1230 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1231 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1232 // like "inline".) 1233 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1234 return false; 1235 1236 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1237 return false; 1238 1239 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1240 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1241 return false; 1242 } else { 1243 return false; 1244 } 1245 1246 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1247 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1248 } 1249 1250 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1251 if (!D) 1252 return; 1253 1254 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1255 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1256 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1257 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1258 } 1259 1260 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1261 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1262 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1263 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1264 } 1265 1266 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1267 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1268 } 1269 1270 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1271 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1272 return false; 1273 1274 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1275 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1276 return false; 1277 1278 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1279 return true; 1280 1281 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1282 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1283 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1284 return false; 1285 1286 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1287 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1288 1289 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1290 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1291 1292 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1293 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1294 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1295 return false; 1296 } 1297 1298 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1299 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1300 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1301 return false; 1302 1303 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1304 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1305 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1306 return false; 1307 1308 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1309 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1310 return false; 1311 1312 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1313 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1314 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1315 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1316 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1317 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1318 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1319 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1320 return false; 1321 } 1322 } 1323 } 1324 } 1325 1326 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1327 } 1328 1329 return true; 1330 } 1331 1332 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1333 FixItHint &Hint) { 1334 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1335 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1336 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1337 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1338 return; 1339 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1340 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1341 } 1342 return; 1343 } 1344 1345 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1346 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1347 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1348 FixItHint Hint; 1349 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1350 return; 1351 1352 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1353 1354 unsigned DiagID; 1355 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1356 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1357 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1358 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1359 else 1360 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1361 1362 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1363 } 1364 1365 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1366 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1367 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1368 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1369 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1370 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1371 } 1372 1373 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1374 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1375 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1376 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1377 1378 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1379 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1380 1381 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1382 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1383 1384 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1385 1386 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1387 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1388 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1389 1390 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1391 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1392 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1393 1394 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1395 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1396 } 1397 } 1398 1399 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1400 /// 1401 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1402 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1403 /// to the fixed name. 1404 /// 1405 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1406 /// 1407 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1408 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1409 /// 1410 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1411 /// class could not be found. 1412 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1413 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1414 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1415 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1416 // creation from this context. 1417 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1418 1419 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1420 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1421 // find an Objective-C class name. 1422 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1423 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1424 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1425 Validator)) { 1426 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1427 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1428 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1429 } 1430 } 1431 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1432 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1433 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1434 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1435 return Def; 1436 } 1437 1438 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1439 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1440 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1441 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1442 /// ill-formed in C++: 1443 /// @code 1444 /// struct S6 { 1445 /// enum { BAR } e; 1446 /// }; 1447 /// 1448 /// void test_S6() { 1449 /// struct S6 a; 1450 /// a.e = BAR; 1451 /// } 1452 /// @endcode 1453 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1454 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1455 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1456 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1457 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1458 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1459 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1460 /// contain non-field names. 1461 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1462 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1463 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1464 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1465 S = S->getParent(); 1466 return S; 1467 } 1468 1469 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1470 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1471 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1472 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1473 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1474 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1475 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1476 return; 1477 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1478 1479 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1480 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1481 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1482 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1483 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1484 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1485 } 1486 1487 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1488 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1489 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1490 /// built-in. 1491 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1492 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1493 SourceLocation Loc) { 1494 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1495 1496 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1497 1498 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1499 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1500 switch (Error) { 1501 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1502 // Okay 1503 break; 1504 1505 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1506 if (ForRedeclaration) 1507 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1508 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1509 return 0; 1510 1511 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1512 if (ForRedeclaration) 1513 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1514 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1515 return 0; 1516 1517 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1518 if (ForRedeclaration) 1519 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1520 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1521 return 0; 1522 } 1523 1524 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1525 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1526 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1527 << R; 1528 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1529 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1530 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1531 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1532 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1533 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1534 } 1535 1536 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1538 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1539 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1540 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1541 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1542 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1543 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1544 } 1545 1546 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1547 Parent, 1548 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1549 SC_Extern, 1550 false, 1551 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1552 New->setImplicit(); 1553 1554 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1555 // FunctionDecl. 1556 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1557 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1558 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1559 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1560 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1561 0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 1562 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1563 Params.push_back(parm); 1564 } 1565 New->setParams(Params); 1566 } 1567 1568 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1569 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1570 1571 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1572 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1573 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1574 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1575 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1576 CurContext = Parent; 1577 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1578 CurContext = SavedContext; 1579 return New; 1580 } 1581 1582 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1583 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1584 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1585 /// entity. 1586 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1587 NamedDecl *decl, 1588 LookupResult &previous){ 1589 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1590 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1591 return; 1592 1593 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1594 if (previous.empty()) 1595 return; 1596 1597 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1598 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1599 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1600 1601 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1602 if (!old->isHidden()) 1603 continue; 1604 1605 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1606 filter.erase(); 1607 } 1608 1609 filter.done(); 1610 } 1611 1612 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1613 QualType OldType; 1614 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1615 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1616 else 1617 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1618 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1619 1620 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1621 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1622 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1623 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1624 << Kind << NewType; 1625 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1626 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1627 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1628 return true; 1629 } 1630 1631 if (OldType != NewType && 1632 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1633 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1634 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1635 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1636 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1637 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1638 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1639 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1640 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1641 return true; 1642 } 1643 return false; 1644 } 1645 1646 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1647 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1648 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1649 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1650 /// 1651 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1652 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1653 // merging checks. 1654 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1655 1656 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1657 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1658 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1659 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1660 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1661 default: break; 1662 case 2: 1663 { 1664 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1665 break; 1666 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1667 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1668 break; 1669 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1670 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1671 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1672 break; 1673 } 1674 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1675 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1676 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1677 return; 1678 } 1679 case 5: 1680 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1681 break; 1682 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1683 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1684 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1685 return; 1686 case 3: 1687 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1688 break; 1689 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1690 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1691 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1692 return; 1693 } 1694 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1695 } 1696 1697 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1698 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1699 if (!Old) { 1700 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1701 << New->getDeclName(); 1702 1703 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1704 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1705 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1706 1707 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1708 } 1709 1710 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1711 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1712 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1713 1714 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1715 // with any extensions enabled. 1716 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1717 return; 1718 1719 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1720 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1721 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1722 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1723 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1724 } 1725 1726 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1727 return; 1728 1729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1730 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1731 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1732 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1733 // to the type to which it already refers. 1734 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1735 return; 1736 1737 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1738 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1739 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1740 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1741 // 1742 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1743 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1744 // 1745 // struct S { 1746 // typedef struct A { } A; 1747 // }; 1748 // 1749 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1750 // allow the above but disallow 1751 // 1752 // struct S { 1753 // typedef int I; 1754 // typedef int I; 1755 // }; 1756 // 1757 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1758 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1759 return; 1760 1761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1762 << New->getDeclName(); 1763 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1764 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1765 } 1766 1767 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1768 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1769 return; 1770 1771 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1772 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1773 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1774 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1775 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1776 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1777 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1778 return; 1779 1780 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1781 << New->getDeclName(); 1782 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1783 return; 1784 } 1785 1786 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1787 /// attribute. 1788 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1789 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1790 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1791 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1792 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1793 if (Ann) { 1794 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1795 return true; 1796 continue; 1797 } 1798 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1799 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1800 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1801 return true; 1802 } 1803 1804 return false; 1805 } 1806 1807 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1808 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1809 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1810 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1811 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1812 return true; 1813 } 1814 1815 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1816 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1817 /// 1818 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1819 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1820 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1821 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1822 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1823 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1824 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1825 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1826 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1827 // in a case like: 1828 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1829 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1830 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1831 // definition in such a case. 1832 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1833 return false; 1834 1835 if (I->isAlignas()) 1836 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1837 1838 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1839 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1840 OldAlign = Align; 1841 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1842 } 1843 } 1844 1845 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1846 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1847 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1848 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1849 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1850 return false; 1851 1852 if (I->isAlignas()) 1853 NewAlignasAttr = I; 1854 1855 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1856 if (Align > NewAlign) 1857 NewAlign = Align; 1858 } 1859 1860 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1861 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1862 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1863 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1864 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1865 1866 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1867 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1868 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1869 QualType Ty; 1870 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1871 Ty = VD->getType(); 1872 else 1873 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1874 1875 if (OldAlign == 0) 1876 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1877 if (NewAlign == 0) 1878 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1879 } 1880 1881 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1882 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1883 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1884 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1885 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1886 } 1887 } 1888 1889 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1890 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1891 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1892 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1893 // equivalent alignment. 1894 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1895 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1896 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1897 // have no alignment specifier. 1898 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1899 << OldAlignasAttr; 1900 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1901 << OldAlignasAttr; 1902 } 1903 1904 bool AnyAdded = false; 1905 1906 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1907 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1908 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1909 Clone->setInherited(true); 1910 New->addAttr(Clone); 1911 AnyAdded = true; 1912 } 1913 1914 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1915 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1916 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1917 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1918 Clone->setInherited(true); 1919 New->addAttr(Clone); 1920 AnyAdded = true; 1921 } 1922 1923 return AnyAdded; 1924 } 1925 1926 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1927 bool Override) { 1928 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1929 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1930 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1931 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1932 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1933 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1934 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1935 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1936 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1937 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1938 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1939 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1940 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1941 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1942 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1943 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1944 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1945 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1946 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1947 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1948 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1949 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1950 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1951 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1952 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1954 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1955 else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 1956 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 1957 AttrSpellingListIndex, 1958 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 1959 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1960 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1961 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1962 NewAttr = 0; 1963 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1964 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1965 1966 if (NewAttr) { 1967 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1968 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1969 return true; 1970 } 1971 1972 return false; 1973 } 1974 1975 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1976 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1977 return TD->getDefinition(); 1978 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1979 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 1980 if (Def) 1981 return Def; 1982 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 1983 } 1984 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1985 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1986 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 1987 return Def; 1988 } 1989 return NULL; 1990 } 1991 1992 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1993 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 1994 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1995 return true; 1996 return false; 1997 } 1998 1999 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2000 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2001 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2002 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2003 return; 2004 2005 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2006 if (!Def || Def == New) 2007 return; 2008 2009 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2010 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2011 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2012 2013 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2014 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2015 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2016 else { 2017 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2018 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2019 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2020 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2021 : diag::err_redefinition; 2022 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2023 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2024 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2025 } 2026 ++I; 2027 continue; 2028 } 2029 2030 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2031 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2032 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2033 ++I; 2034 continue; 2035 } 2036 } 2037 2038 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2039 ++I; 2040 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2041 } 2042 2043 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2044 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2045 ++I; 2046 continue; 2047 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2048 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2049 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2050 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2051 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2052 // equivalent alignment. 2053 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2054 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2055 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2056 // have no alignment specifier. 2057 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2058 << AA; 2059 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2060 << AA; 2061 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2062 --E; 2063 continue; 2064 } 2065 } 2066 2067 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2068 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2069 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2070 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2071 --E; 2072 } 2073 } 2074 2075 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2076 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2077 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2078 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2079 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2080 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2081 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2082 } 2083 2084 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2085 return; 2086 2087 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2088 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2089 2090 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2091 return; 2092 2093 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2094 2095 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2096 // we process them. 2097 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2098 2099 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2100 bool Override = false; 2101 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2102 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2103 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2104 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2105 switch (AMK) { 2106 case AMK_None: 2107 continue; 2108 2109 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2110 break; 2111 2112 case AMK_Override: 2113 Override = true; 2114 break; 2115 } 2116 } 2117 2118 // Already handled. 2119 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2120 continue; 2121 2122 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2123 foundAny = true; 2124 } 2125 2126 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2127 foundAny = true; 2128 2129 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2130 } 2131 2132 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2133 /// to the new one. 2134 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2135 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2136 Sema &S) { 2137 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2138 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2139 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2140 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2141 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2142 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2143 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2144 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2145 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2146 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2147 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2148 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2149 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2150 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2151 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2152 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2153 } 2154 2155 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2156 return; 2157 2158 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2159 2160 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2161 // done before we process them. 2162 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2163 2164 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2165 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2166 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2167 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2168 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2169 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2170 foundAny = true; 2171 } 2172 } 2173 2174 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2175 } 2176 2177 namespace { 2178 2179 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2180 /// C. 2181 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2182 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2183 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2184 QualType PromotedType; 2185 }; 2186 2187 } 2188 2189 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2190 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2191 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2192 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2193 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2194 2195 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2196 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2197 2198 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2199 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2200 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2201 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2202 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2203 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2204 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2205 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2206 } 2207 2208 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2209 } 2210 2211 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2212 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2213 /// GNU89 mode. 2214 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2215 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2216 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2217 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2218 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2219 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2220 } 2221 2222 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2223 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2224 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2225 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2226 return AT; 2227 } 2228 2229 template <typename T> 2230 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2231 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2232 if (DC->isRecord()) 2233 return false; 2234 2235 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2236 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2237 return true; 2238 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2239 return true; 2240 return false; 2241 } 2242 2243 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2244 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2245 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2246 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2247 /// 2248 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2249 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2250 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2251 /// merged with. 2252 /// 2253 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2254 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2255 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2256 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2257 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2258 if (!Old) { 2259 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2260 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2261 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2262 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2263 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2264 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2265 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2266 return true; 2267 } 2268 2269 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2270 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2271 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2272 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2273 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2274 2275 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2276 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2277 if (Old && 2278 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2279 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2280 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2281 Old = 0; 2282 2283 if (!Old) { 2284 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2285 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2286 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2287 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2288 return true; 2289 } 2290 OldD = Old; 2291 } else { 2292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2293 << New->getDeclName(); 2294 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2295 return true; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2300 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2301 return true; 2302 2303 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2304 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2305 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2306 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2307 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2308 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2309 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2310 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2311 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2312 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2313 } else 2314 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2315 2316 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2317 // is an extern inline function. 2318 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2319 // storage classes. 2320 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2321 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2322 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2323 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2324 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2325 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2327 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2328 } else { 2329 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2330 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2331 return true; 2332 } 2333 } 2334 2335 2336 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2337 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2338 // convention of the first. 2339 // 2340 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2341 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2342 // 2343 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2344 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2345 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2346 // 2347 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2348 // other tests to run. 2349 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2350 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2351 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2352 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2353 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2354 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2355 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2356 2357 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2358 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2359 const FunctionType *FT = 2360 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2361 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2362 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2363 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2364 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2365 // there but not here. 2366 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2367 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2368 } else { 2369 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2370 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2371 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2372 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2373 << !FirstCCExplicit 2374 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2375 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2376 2377 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2378 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2379 return true; 2380 } 2381 } 2382 2383 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2384 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2385 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2386 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2387 } 2388 2389 // Merge regparm attribute. 2390 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2391 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2392 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2394 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2395 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2396 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2397 return true; 2398 } 2399 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2406 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2407 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2408 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2409 return true; 2410 } 2411 2412 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2413 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2417 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2418 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2419 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2420 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2421 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2422 } 2423 2424 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2425 // UndefinedButUsed. 2426 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2427 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2428 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2429 Old->isUsed(false) && 2430 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2431 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2432 SourceLocation())); 2433 2434 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2435 // about it. 2436 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2437 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2438 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2439 } 2440 2441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2442 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2443 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2444 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2445 // cannot be overloaded. 2446 2447 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2448 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2449 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2450 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2451 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2452 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2453 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2454 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2455 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2456 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2457 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2458 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2459 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2460 QualType ResQT; 2461 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2462 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2463 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2464 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2465 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2466 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2467 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2468 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2470 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2471 else 2472 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2473 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2474 return true; 2475 } 2476 else 2477 NewQType = ResQT; 2478 } 2479 2480 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2481 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2482 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2483 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2484 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2485 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2486 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2487 New->setType( 2488 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2489 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2490 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2491 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2492 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2493 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2494 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2495 } 2496 } 2497 2498 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2499 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2500 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2501 // Preserve triviality. 2502 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2503 2504 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2505 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2506 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2507 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2508 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2509 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2510 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2511 2512 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2513 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2514 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2515 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2516 // is a static member function declaration. 2517 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2519 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2520 return true; 2521 } 2522 2523 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2524 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2525 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2526 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2527 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2528 unsigned NewDiag; 2529 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2530 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2531 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2532 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2533 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2534 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2535 else 2536 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2537 2538 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2539 } else { 2540 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2541 << New << New->getType(); 2542 } 2543 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2544 2545 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2546 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2547 // 2548 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2549 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2550 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2551 if (isFriend) { 2552 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2553 } else { 2554 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2555 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2556 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2557 return true; 2558 } 2559 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2560 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2561 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2562 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2563 return true; 2564 } 2565 } 2566 2567 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2568 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2569 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2570 // attribute. 2571 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2572 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2573 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2574 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2575 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2576 } 2577 2578 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2579 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2580 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2581 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2582 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2583 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2584 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2585 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2586 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2587 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2588 } 2589 2590 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2591 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2592 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2593 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2594 2595 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2596 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2597 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2598 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2599 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2600 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2601 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2602 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2603 } 2604 2605 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2606 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2607 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2608 // 2609 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2610 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2611 // linkage within class scope. 2612 // 2613 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2614 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2615 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2616 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2617 } else { 2618 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2619 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2620 return true; 2621 } 2622 } 2623 2624 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2625 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2626 2627 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2628 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2629 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2630 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2631 // when we instantiate the function. 2632 return false; 2633 } 2634 2635 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2636 } 2637 2638 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2639 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2640 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2641 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2642 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2643 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2644 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2645 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2646 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2647 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2648 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2649 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2650 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2651 NewQType = 2652 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2653 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2654 New->setType(NewQType); 2655 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2656 2657 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2658 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2659 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2660 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2661 SourceLocation(), 0, ParamType, 2662 /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 2663 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2664 Param->setImplicit(); 2665 Params.push_back(Param); 2666 } 2667 2668 New->setParams(Params); 2669 } 2670 2671 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2672 } 2673 2674 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2675 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2676 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2677 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2678 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2679 // the prototype. 2680 // 2681 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2682 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2683 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2684 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2685 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2686 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2687 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2688 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2689 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2690 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2691 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2692 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2693 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2694 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2695 2696 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2697 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2698 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2699 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2700 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2701 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2702 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2703 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2704 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2705 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2706 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2707 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2708 NewParm->getType(), 2709 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2710 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2711 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2712 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2713 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2714 } else 2715 LooseCompatible = false; 2716 } 2717 2718 if (LooseCompatible) { 2719 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2720 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2721 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2722 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2723 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2724 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2725 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2726 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2727 } 2728 2729 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2730 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2731 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2732 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2733 } 2734 2735 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2736 } 2737 2738 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2739 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2740 2741 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2742 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2743 unsigned BuiltinID; 2744 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2745 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2746 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2747 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2749 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2750 << Old << Old->getType(); 2751 2752 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2753 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2754 // 2755 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2756 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2757 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2758 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2759 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2760 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2761 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2762 2763 return false; 2764 } 2765 2766 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2767 } 2768 2769 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2770 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2771 return true; 2772 } 2773 2774 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2775 /// known to be compatible. 2776 /// 2777 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2778 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2779 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2780 /// redeclaration of Old. 2781 /// 2782 /// \returns false 2783 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2784 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2785 // Merge the attributes 2786 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2787 2788 // Merge "pure" flag. 2789 if (Old->isPure()) 2790 New->setPure(); 2791 2792 // Merge "used" flag. 2793 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2794 New->setIsUsed(); 2795 2796 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2797 // declarations. 2798 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2800 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2801 *this); 2802 2803 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2804 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2805 2806 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2807 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2808 // was visible. 2809 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2810 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2811 New->setType(Merged); 2812 2813 return false; 2814 } 2815 2816 2817 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2818 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2819 2820 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2821 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2822 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2823 : AMK_Override; 2824 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2825 2826 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2827 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2828 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2829 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2830 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2831 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2832 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2833 2834 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2835 } 2836 2837 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2838 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2839 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2840 /// 2841 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2842 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2843 /// is attached. 2844 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2845 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2846 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2847 return; 2848 2849 QualType MergedT; 2850 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2851 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2852 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2853 return; 2854 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2855 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2856 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2857 } 2858 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2859 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2860 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2861 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2862 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2863 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2864 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2865 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2866 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2867 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2868 NewArray->getElementType())) 2869 MergedT = New->getType(); 2870 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2871 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2872 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2873 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2874 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2875 NewArray->getElementType())) 2876 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2877 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2878 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2879 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2880 Old->getType()); 2881 } 2882 } else { 2883 // C 6.2.7p2: 2884 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2885 // compatible type. 2886 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2887 } 2888 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2889 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2890 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2891 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2892 // equivalent. 2893 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2894 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2895 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2896 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2897 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2898 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2899 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2900 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2901 return; 2902 } 2903 2904 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2905 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2906 // 2907 // extern int arr[]; 2908 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2909 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2910 // 2911 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2912 // to diagnose it. 2913 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2914 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2915 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2916 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2917 } 2918 2919 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2920 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2921 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2922 New->setType(MergedT); 2923 } 2924 2925 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2926 LookupResult &Previous) { 2927 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2928 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2929 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2930 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2931 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2932 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2933 // 2934 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2935 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2936 return false; 2937 2938 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2939 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2940 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2941 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2942 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2943 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2944 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2945 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2946 } else { 2947 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2948 // type unless we're in the same function. 2949 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2950 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2951 } 2952 } 2953 2954 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2955 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2956 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2957 /// 2958 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2959 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2960 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2961 /// 2962 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2963 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2964 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2965 return; 2966 2967 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 2968 2969 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2970 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2971 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0; 2972 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2973 if (NewTemplate) { 2974 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2975 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0; 2976 } else 2977 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2978 } 2979 if (!Old) { 2980 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2981 << New->getDeclName(); 2982 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2983 diag::note_previous_definition); 2984 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2985 } 2986 2987 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 2988 return; 2989 2990 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 2991 if (NewTemplate && 2992 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 2993 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 2994 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 2995 return; 2996 2997 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2998 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2999 // 3000 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3001 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3003 << New->getIdentifier(); 3004 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3005 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3006 } 3007 3008 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3009 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3010 // declaration 3011 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3012 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3013 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3014 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3016 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3017 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3018 } 3019 3020 // Merge the types. 3021 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3022 3023 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3024 return; 3025 3026 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3027 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3028 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3029 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3032 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3033 } 3034 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3035 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3036 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3037 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3038 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3039 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3040 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3041 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3042 // identifier has external linkage. 3043 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3044 /* Okay */; 3045 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3046 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3047 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3049 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3051 } 3052 3053 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3054 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3055 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3056 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3057 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3058 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3059 } 3060 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3061 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3062 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3063 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3064 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3065 } 3066 3067 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3068 3069 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3070 // need to check for mismatches. 3071 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3072 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3073 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3074 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3075 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3076 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3077 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3078 } 3079 3080 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3081 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3083 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3084 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3085 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3087 } else { 3088 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3089 // static and dynamic initialization. 3090 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3091 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3093 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3095 } 3096 } 3097 3098 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3099 const VarDecl *Def; 3100 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3101 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3102 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3104 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3105 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3106 return; 3107 } 3108 3109 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3111 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3112 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3113 return; 3114 } 3115 3116 // Merge "used" flag. 3117 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3118 New->setIsUsed(); 3119 3120 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3121 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3122 if (NewTemplate) 3123 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3124 3125 // Inherit access appropriately. 3126 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3127 if (NewTemplate) 3128 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3129 } 3130 3131 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3132 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3133 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3134 DeclSpec &DS) { 3135 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3136 } 3137 3138 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3139 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3140 return; 3141 3142 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3143 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3144 // it is anonymous. 3145 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3146 return; 3147 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3148 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3149 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3150 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3151 return; 3152 } 3153 3154 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3155 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3156 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3157 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3158 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3159 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3160 Tag, 3161 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3162 } 3163 } 3164 3165 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3166 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3167 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3168 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3169 DeclSpec &DS, 3170 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3171 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3172 Decl *TagD = 0; 3173 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3174 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3175 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3176 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3177 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3178 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3179 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3180 3181 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3182 return 0; 3183 3184 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3185 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3186 // it's a Type. 3187 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3188 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3189 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3190 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3191 } 3192 3193 if (Tag) { 3194 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3195 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3196 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3197 return Tag; 3198 } 3199 3200 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3201 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3202 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3203 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3204 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3205 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3206 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3207 } 3208 3209 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3210 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3211 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3212 if (Tag) 3213 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3214 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3215 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3216 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3217 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3218 else 3219 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3220 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3221 return TagD; 3222 } 3223 3224 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3225 3226 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3227 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3228 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3229 if (TagD && !Tag) 3230 return 0; 3231 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3232 } 3233 3234 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3235 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3236 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3237 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3238 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3239 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3240 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3241 // or an explicit specialization. 3242 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3243 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3244 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3245 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3246 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3247 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3248 << SS.getRange(); 3249 return 0; 3250 } 3251 3252 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3253 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3254 3255 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3256 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3257 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3258 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3260 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3261 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3262 3263 DeclaresAnything = false; 3264 } 3265 } 3266 3267 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3268 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3269 CurContext->isRecord() && 3270 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3271 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3272 // struct STRUCT; 3273 // and 3274 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3275 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3276 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3277 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3278 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3279 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3280 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3281 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3282 } 3283 } 3284 3285 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3286 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3287 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3288 return TagD; 3289 3290 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3291 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3292 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3293 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3294 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3295 DeclaresAnything = false; 3296 3297 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3298 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3299 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3300 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3301 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3302 else 3303 DeclaresAnything = false; 3304 } 3305 3306 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3307 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3308 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3309 << Tag->getTagKind() 3310 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3311 3312 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3313 3314 // C 6.7/2: 3315 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3316 // or the members of an enumeration. 3317 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3318 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3319 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3320 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3321 // previous declaration. 3322 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3323 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3324 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3325 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3326 return TagD; 3327 } 3328 3329 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3330 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3331 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3332 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3333 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3334 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3335 // 3336 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3337 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3339 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3340 3341 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3342 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3343 // useless. 3344 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3345 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3346 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3347 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3348 3349 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3350 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3351 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3352 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3353 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3354 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3355 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3356 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3357 // Restrict is covered above. 3358 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3359 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3360 } 3361 3362 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3363 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3364 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3365 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3366 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3367 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3368 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3369 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3370 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3371 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3372 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3373 while (attrs) { 3374 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3375 << attrs->getName() 3376 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3377 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3378 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3379 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3380 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3381 } 3382 } 3383 } 3384 3385 return TagD; 3386 } 3387 3388 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3389 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3390 /// 3391 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3392 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3393 Scope *S, 3394 DeclContext *Owner, 3395 DeclarationName Name, 3396 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3397 unsigned diagnostic) { 3398 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3399 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3400 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3401 3402 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3403 return false; 3404 3405 // Pick a representative declaration. 3406 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3407 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3408 3409 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3410 return false; 3411 3412 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3413 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3414 3415 return true; 3416 } 3417 3418 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3419 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3420 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3421 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3422 /// struct, e.g., 3423 /// 3424 /// @code 3425 /// union { 3426 /// int i; 3427 /// float f; 3428 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3429 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3430 /// @endcode 3431 /// 3432 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3433 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3434 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3435 DeclContext *Owner, 3436 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3437 AccessSpecifier AS, 3438 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3439 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3440 unsigned diagKind 3441 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3442 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3443 3444 bool Invalid = false; 3445 3446 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3447 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3448 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3449 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3450 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3451 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3452 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3453 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3454 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3455 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3456 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3457 Invalid = true; 3458 } else { 3459 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3460 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3461 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3462 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3463 // anonymous union is declared. 3464 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3465 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3466 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3467 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3468 else 3469 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3470 3471 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3472 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3473 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3474 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3475 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3476 3477 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3478 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3479 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3480 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3481 3482 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3483 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3484 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3485 3486 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3487 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3488 3489 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3490 } 3491 } 3492 } 3493 3494 return Invalid; 3495 } 3496 3497 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3498 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3499 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3500 static StorageClass 3501 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3502 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3503 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3504 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3505 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3506 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3507 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3508 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3509 return SC_None; 3510 return SC_Extern; 3511 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3512 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3513 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3514 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3515 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3516 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3517 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3518 } 3519 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3520 } 3521 3522 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3523 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3524 3525 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3526 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3527 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3528 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3529 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3530 return FD->getLocation(); 3531 } 3532 3533 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3534 } 3535 3536 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3537 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3538 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3539 return; 3540 3541 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3542 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3543 } 3544 3545 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3546 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3547 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3548 return; 3549 3550 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3551 } 3552 3553 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3554 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3555 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3556 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3557 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3558 AccessSpecifier AS, 3559 RecordDecl *Record, 3560 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3561 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3562 3563 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3564 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3565 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3566 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3567 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3568 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3569 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3570 3571 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3572 // structs/unions. 3573 bool Invalid = false; 3574 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3575 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3576 unsigned DiagID; 3577 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3578 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3579 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3580 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3581 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3582 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3583 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3584 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3585 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3587 3588 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3589 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3590 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3591 } 3592 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3593 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3594 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3595 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3596 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3597 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3598 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3600 3601 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3602 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3603 SourceLocation(), 3604 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3605 } 3606 } 3607 3608 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3609 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3610 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3611 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3612 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3613 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3614 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3615 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3616 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3617 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3618 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3619 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3620 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3621 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3622 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3623 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3624 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3625 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3626 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3627 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3628 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3629 3630 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3631 } 3632 3633 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3634 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3635 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3636 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3637 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3638 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3639 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3640 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3641 // members (clause 11). 3642 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3643 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3645 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3646 Invalid = true; 3647 } 3648 3649 // C++ [class.union]p1 3650 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3651 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3652 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3653 // array of such objects. 3654 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3655 Invalid = true; 3656 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3657 // Any implicit members are fine. 3658 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3659 // This is a type that showed up in an 3660 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3661 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3662 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3663 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3664 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3665 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3666 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3667 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3668 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3669 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3670 else { 3671 // This is a nested type declaration. 3672 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3673 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3674 Invalid = true; 3675 } 3676 } else { 3677 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3678 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3679 // not part of standard C++. 3680 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3681 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3682 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3683 } 3684 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3685 // Any access specifier is fine. 3686 } else { 3687 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3688 // member. Complain about it. 3689 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3690 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3691 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3692 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3693 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3694 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3695 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3696 3697 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3698 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3699 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3700 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3701 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3702 else { 3703 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3704 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3705 Invalid = true; 3706 } 3707 } 3708 } 3709 3710 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3711 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3712 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3713 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3714 Owner->isRecord()) 3715 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3716 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3717 } 3718 3719 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3720 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3721 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3722 Invalid = true; 3723 } 3724 3725 // Mock up a declarator. 3726 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3727 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3728 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3729 3730 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3731 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3732 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3733 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3734 DS.getLocStart(), 3735 Record->getLocation(), 3736 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3737 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3738 TInfo, 3739 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3740 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3741 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3742 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3743 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3744 } else { 3745 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3746 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3747 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3748 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3749 // an error here 3750 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3751 Invalid = true; 3752 SC = SC_None; 3753 } 3754 3755 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3756 DS.getLocStart(), 3757 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3758 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3759 TInfo, SC); 3760 3761 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3762 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3763 // initializer: 3764 // union { int n = 0; }; 3765 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3766 } 3767 Anon->setImplicit(); 3768 3769 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3770 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3771 3772 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3773 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3774 // its members. 3775 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3776 3777 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3778 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3779 // purposes. 3780 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3781 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3782 3783 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3784 Chain, false)) 3785 Invalid = true; 3786 3787 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3788 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3789 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3790 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3791 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3792 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3793 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3794 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3795 } 3796 } 3797 } 3798 3799 if (Invalid) 3800 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3801 3802 return Anon; 3803 } 3804 3805 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3806 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3807 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3808 /// Example: 3809 /// 3810 /// struct A { int a; }; 3811 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3812 /// 3813 /// void foo() { 3814 /// B var; 3815 /// var.a = 3; 3816 /// } 3817 /// 3818 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3819 RecordDecl *Record) { 3820 3821 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3822 if (!Record) 3823 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3824 3825 // Mock up a declarator. 3826 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3827 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3828 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3829 3830 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3831 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3832 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3833 DS.getLocStart(), 3834 DS.getLocStart(), 3835 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3836 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3837 TInfo, 3838 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3839 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3840 Anon->setImplicit(); 3841 3842 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3843 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3844 3845 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3846 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3847 // purposes. 3848 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3849 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3850 3851 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3852 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3853 RecordDef, AS_none, 3854 Chain, true)) 3855 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3856 3857 return Anon; 3858 } 3859 3860 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3861 /// given Declarator. 3862 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3863 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3864 } 3865 3866 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3867 DeclarationNameInfo 3868 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3869 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3870 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3871 3872 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3873 3874 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3875 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3876 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3877 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3878 return NameInfo; 3879 3880 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3881 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3882 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3883 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3884 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3885 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3886 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3887 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3888 return NameInfo; 3889 3890 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3891 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3892 Name.Identifier)); 3893 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3894 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3895 return NameInfo; 3896 3897 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3898 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3899 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3900 if (Ty.isNull()) 3901 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3902 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3903 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3904 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3905 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3906 return NameInfo; 3907 } 3908 3909 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3910 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3911 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3912 if (Ty.isNull()) 3913 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3914 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3915 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3916 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3917 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3918 return NameInfo; 3919 } 3920 3921 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3922 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3923 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3924 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3925 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3926 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3927 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3928 3929 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3930 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3931 3932 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3933 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3934 // was qualified. 3935 3936 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3937 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3939 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3940 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3941 return NameInfo; 3942 } 3943 3944 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3945 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3946 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3947 if (Ty.isNull()) 3948 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3949 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3950 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3951 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3952 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3953 return NameInfo; 3954 } 3955 3956 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3957 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3958 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3959 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3960 } 3961 3962 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3963 3964 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3965 } 3966 3967 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3968 do { 3969 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3970 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3971 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3972 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3973 else 3974 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3975 } while (true); 3976 } 3977 3978 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3979 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3980 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3981 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3982 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3983 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3984 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3985 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3986 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3987 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3988 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3989 Params.clear(); 3990 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3991 return false; 3992 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3993 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3994 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3995 3996 // The parameter types are identical 3997 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3998 continue; 3999 4000 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4001 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4002 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4003 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4004 4005 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4006 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4007 Params.push_back(Idx); 4008 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4009 return false; 4010 } 4011 4012 return true; 4013 } 4014 4015 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4016 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4017 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4018 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4019 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4020 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4021 DeclarationName Name) { 4022 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4023 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4024 // - types which will become injected class names 4025 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4026 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4027 // few cases here. 4028 4029 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4030 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4031 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4032 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4033 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4034 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4035 // Grab the type from the parser. 4036 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 4037 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4038 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4039 4040 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4041 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4042 // attached already. 4043 if (!TSI) 4044 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4045 4046 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4047 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4048 if (!TSI) return true; 4049 4050 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4051 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4052 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4053 break; 4054 } 4055 4056 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4057 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4058 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4059 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4060 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4061 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4062 break; 4063 } 4064 4065 default: 4066 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4067 break; 4068 } 4069 4070 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4071 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4072 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4073 4074 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4075 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4076 // pointer. 4077 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4078 continue; 4079 4080 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4081 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4082 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4083 return true; 4084 } 4085 4086 return false; 4087 } 4088 4089 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4090 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4091 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4092 4093 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4094 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4095 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4096 4097 return Dcl; 4098 } 4099 4100 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4101 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4102 /// name different from T: 4103 /// - every static data member of class T; 4104 /// - every member function of class T 4105 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4106 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4107 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4108 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4109 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4110 4111 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4112 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4113 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4114 return true; 4115 } 4116 4117 return false; 4118 } 4119 4120 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4121 /// nested-name-specifier. 4122 /// 4123 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4124 /// 4125 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4126 /// resolves. 4127 /// 4128 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4129 /// 4130 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4131 /// 4132 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4133 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4134 DeclarationName Name, 4135 SourceLocation Loc) { 4136 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4137 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4138 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4139 4140 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4141 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4142 // 4143 // class X { 4144 // void X::f(); 4145 // }; 4146 // 4147 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4148 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4149 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4150 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4151 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4152 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4153 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4154 SS.clear(); 4155 } else { 4156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4157 } 4158 return false; 4159 } 4160 4161 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4162 // declaration. 4163 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4164 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4165 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4166 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4167 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4168 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4169 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4170 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4172 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4173 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4174 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4175 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4176 else 4177 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4178 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4179 4180 return true; 4181 } 4182 4183 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4184 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4185 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4186 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4187 SS.clear(); 4188 4189 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4190 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4191 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4192 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4193 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4194 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4195 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4196 return true; 4197 4198 return false; 4199 } 4200 4201 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4202 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4203 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4204 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4205 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4206 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4207 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4208 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4209 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4210 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4211 4212 return false; 4213 } 4214 4215 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4216 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4217 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4218 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4219 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4220 4221 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4222 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4223 if (!Name) { 4224 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4225 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4226 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4227 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4228 return 0; 4229 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4230 return 0; 4231 4232 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4233 // we find one that is. 4234 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4235 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4236 S = S->getParent(); 4237 4238 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4239 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4240 D.setInvalidType(); 4241 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4242 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4243 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4244 return 0; 4245 4246 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4247 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4248 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4249 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4250 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4251 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4252 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4253 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4254 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4255 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4256 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4257 return 0; 4258 } 4259 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4260 4261 if (!IsDependentContext && 4262 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4263 return 0; 4264 4265 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4266 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4267 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4268 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4269 D.setInvalidType(); 4270 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4271 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4272 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4273 if (DC->isRecord()) 4274 return 0; 4275 4276 D.setInvalidType(); 4277 } 4278 } 4279 4280 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4281 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4282 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4283 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4284 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4285 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4286 D.setInvalidType(); 4287 } 4288 } 4289 4290 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4291 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4292 // Just return early; it's safer. 4293 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4294 return 0; 4295 4296 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4297 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4298 4299 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4300 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4301 D.setInvalidType(); 4302 4303 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4304 ForRedeclaration); 4305 4306 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4307 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4308 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4309 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4310 4311 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4312 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4313 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4314 // 4315 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4316 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4317 // the same name. 4318 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4319 /* Do nothing*/; 4320 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4321 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4322 R->isFunctionType())) { 4323 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4324 CreateBuiltins = 4325 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4326 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4327 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4328 CreateBuiltins = true; 4329 4330 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4331 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4332 4333 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4334 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4335 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4336 4337 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4338 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4339 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4340 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4341 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4342 // thereof; [...] 4343 // 4344 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4345 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4346 // we want to match. For example, given: 4347 // 4348 // class X { 4349 // void f(); 4350 // void f(float); 4351 // }; 4352 // 4353 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4354 // 4355 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4356 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4357 // matches. 4358 4359 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4360 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4361 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4362 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4363 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4364 } 4365 4366 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4367 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4368 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4369 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4370 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4371 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4372 4373 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4374 Previous.clear(); 4375 } 4376 4377 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4378 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4379 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4380 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4381 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4382 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4383 Previous.clear(); 4384 4385 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4386 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4387 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4388 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4389 4390 NamedDecl *New; 4391 4392 bool AddToScope = true; 4393 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4394 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4396 return 0; 4397 } 4398 4399 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4400 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4401 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4402 TemplateParamLists, 4403 AddToScope); 4404 } else { 4405 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4406 AddToScope); 4407 } 4408 4409 if (New == 0) 4410 return 0; 4411 4412 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4413 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4414 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4415 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4416 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4417 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4418 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4419 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4420 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4421 if (!AddToContext) 4422 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4423 } 4424 4425 return New; 4426 } 4427 4428 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4429 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4430 /// GCC compatibility). 4431 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4432 ASTContext &Context, 4433 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4434 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4435 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4436 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4437 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4438 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4439 SizeIsNegative = false; 4440 Oversized = 0; 4441 4442 if (T->isDependentType()) 4443 return QualType(); 4444 4445 QualifierCollector Qs; 4446 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4447 4448 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4449 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4450 QualType FixedType = 4451 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4452 Oversized); 4453 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4454 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4455 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4456 } 4457 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4458 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4459 QualType FixedType = 4460 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4461 Oversized); 4462 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4463 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4464 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4465 } 4466 4467 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4468 if (!VLATy) 4469 return QualType(); 4470 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4471 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4472 return QualType(); 4473 4474 llvm::APSInt Res; 4475 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4476 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4477 return QualType(); 4478 4479 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4480 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4481 SizeIsNegative = true; 4482 return QualType(); 4483 } 4484 4485 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4486 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4487 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4488 Res); 4489 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4490 Oversized = Res; 4491 return QualType(); 4492 } 4493 4494 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4495 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4496 } 4497 4498 static void 4499 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4500 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4501 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4502 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4503 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4504 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4505 return; 4506 } 4507 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4508 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4509 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4510 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4511 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4512 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4513 return; 4514 } 4515 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4516 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4517 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4518 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4519 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4520 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4521 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4522 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4523 } 4524 4525 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4526 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4527 /// GCC compatibility). 4528 static TypeSourceInfo* 4529 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4530 ASTContext &Context, 4531 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4532 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4533 QualType FixedTy 4534 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4535 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4536 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4537 return 0; 4538 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4539 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4540 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4541 return FixedTInfo; 4542 } 4543 4544 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4545 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4546 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4547 /// function-scope declarations. 4548 void 4549 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4550 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4551 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4552 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4553 return; 4554 4555 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4556 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4557 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4558 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4559 } 4560 4561 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4562 if (ExternalSource) { 4563 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4564 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4565 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4566 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4567 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4568 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4569 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4570 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4571 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4572 } 4573 } 4574 4575 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4576 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4577 } 4578 4579 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4580 /// does not identify a function. 4581 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4582 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4583 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4584 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4585 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4586 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4587 4588 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4589 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4590 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4591 4592 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4593 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4594 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4595 4596 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4597 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4598 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4599 } 4600 4601 NamedDecl* 4602 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4603 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4604 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4605 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4607 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4608 D.setInvalidType(); 4609 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4610 DC = CurContext; 4611 Previous.clear(); 4612 } 4613 4614 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4615 4616 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4617 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4618 << 1; 4619 4620 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4621 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4622 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4623 return 0; 4624 } 4625 4626 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4627 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4628 4629 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4630 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4631 4632 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4633 4634 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4635 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4636 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4637 return ND; 4638 } 4639 4640 void 4641 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4642 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4643 // then it shall have block scope. 4644 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4645 // that redeclarations will match. 4646 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4647 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4648 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4649 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4650 4651 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4652 bool SizeIsNegative; 4653 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4654 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4655 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4656 SizeIsNegative, 4657 Oversized); 4658 if (FixedTInfo) { 4659 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4660 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4661 } else { 4662 if (SizeIsNegative) 4663 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4664 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4665 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4666 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4667 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4668 << Oversized.toString(10); 4669 else 4670 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4671 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 } 4675 } 4676 4677 4678 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4679 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4680 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4681 NamedDecl* 4682 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4683 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4684 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4685 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4686 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4687 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4688 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4689 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4690 Redeclaration = true; 4691 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4692 } 4693 4694 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4695 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4696 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4697 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4698 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4699 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4700 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4701 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4702 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4703 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4704 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4705 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4706 } 4707 4708 return NewTD; 4709 } 4710 4711 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4712 /// previous declaration. 4713 /// 4714 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4715 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4716 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4717 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4718 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4719 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4720 /// 4721 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4722 /// lookup 4723 /// 4724 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4725 /// declared. 4726 /// 4727 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4728 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4729 static bool 4730 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4731 ASTContext &Context) { 4732 if (!PrevDecl) 4733 return false; 4734 4735 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4736 return false; 4737 4738 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4739 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4740 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4741 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4742 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4743 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4744 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4745 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4746 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4747 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4748 return false; 4749 4750 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4751 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4752 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4753 return false; 4754 4755 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4756 // previous declarations. 4757 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4758 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4759 4760 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4761 // isn't the same function. 4762 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4763 return false; 4764 } 4765 4766 return true; 4767 } 4768 4769 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4770 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4771 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4772 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4773 } 4774 4775 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4776 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4777 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4778 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4779 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4780 unsigned kind = -1U; 4781 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4782 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4783 kind = 0; // __block 4784 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4785 kind = 1; // global 4786 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4787 kind = 3; // ivar 4788 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4789 kind = 2; // field 4790 } 4791 4792 if (kind != -1U) { 4793 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4794 << kind; 4795 } 4796 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4797 // Try to infer lifetime. 4798 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4799 return false; 4800 4801 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4802 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4803 decl->setType(type); 4804 } 4805 4806 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4807 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4808 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4809 var->getTLSKind()) { 4810 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4811 << var->getType(); 4812 return true; 4813 } 4814 } 4815 4816 return false; 4817 } 4818 4819 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4820 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4821 // the wrong linkage. 4822 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4823 4824 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4825 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4826 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4827 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4828 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4829 } 4830 } 4831 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4832 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4833 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4834 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4835 } 4836 } 4837 4838 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4839 // It does not apply to functions. 4840 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4841 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4842 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4843 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4844 } 4845 } 4846 } 4847 4848 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4849 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4850 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4851 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4852 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4853 4854 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4855 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4856 4857 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4858 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4859 return false; 4860 4861 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4862 4863 #ifndef NDEBUG 4864 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4865 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4866 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4867 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4868 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4869 #endif 4870 4871 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4872 4873 #ifndef NDEBUG 4874 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4875 #endif 4876 4877 return isC99Inline; 4878 } 4879 4880 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4881 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4882 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4883 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4884 /// 4885 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4886 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4887 /// 4888 /// For instance: 4889 /// 4890 /// auto x = []{}; 4891 /// 4892 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4893 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4894 /// 4895 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4896 template<typename T> 4897 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4898 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4899 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4900 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4901 return false; 4902 } 4903 return D->isExternC(); 4904 } 4905 4906 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4907 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4908 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4909 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4910 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4911 return true; 4912 if (DC->isRecord()) 4913 return false; 4914 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4915 } 4916 4917 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4918 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4919 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4920 return true; 4921 if (DC->isRecord()) 4922 return false; 4923 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4924 } 4925 4926 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 4927 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 4928 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 4929 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 4930 return true; 4931 return false; 4932 } 4933 4934 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 4935 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 4936 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 4937 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 4938 return true; 4939 4940 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 4941 // position to the decl itself. 4942 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4943 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 4944 return true; 4945 } 4946 4947 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 4948 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 4949 } 4950 4951 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 4952 /// function-local external declaration. 4953 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 4954 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4955 return false; 4956 4957 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 4958 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 4959 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 4960 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 4961 return true; 4962 4963 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 4964 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 4965 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 4966 // innermost enclosing namespace. 4967 // 4968 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 4969 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 4970 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 4971 DC = DC->getParent(); 4972 return true; 4973 } 4974 4975 NamedDecl * 4976 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4977 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4978 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4979 bool &AddToScope) { 4980 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4981 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4982 4983 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4984 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4985 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4986 4987 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 4988 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 4989 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 4990 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport)) 4991 SC = SC_Extern; 4992 4993 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 4994 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 4995 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 4996 4997 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4998 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 4999 QualType NR = R; 5000 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5001 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5002 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5003 D.setInvalidType(); 5004 break; 5005 } 5006 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5007 } 5008 5009 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5010 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5011 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5012 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5014 D.setInvalidType(); 5015 } 5016 } 5017 } 5018 5019 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5020 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5021 // an error here 5022 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5023 D.setInvalidType(); 5024 SC = SC_None; 5025 } 5026 5027 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5028 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5029 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5030 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5031 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5032 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5033 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5034 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5035 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5036 } 5037 5038 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5039 if (!II) { 5040 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5041 << Name; 5042 return 0; 5043 } 5044 5045 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5046 5047 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 5048 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5049 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5050 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 5051 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 5052 // is a GNU extension. 5053 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 5054 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 5055 else 5056 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5057 D.setInvalidType(); 5058 } 5059 } 5060 5061 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5062 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5063 // OpenCL __local address space. 5064 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5065 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5066 } 5067 5068 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5069 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5070 // space qualifiers. 5071 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5072 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5073 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5074 } 5075 5076 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5077 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5078 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5079 // address space qualifiers. 5080 if (R->isEventT()) { 5081 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 5082 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5083 D.setInvalidType(); 5084 } 5085 5086 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5087 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5088 D.setInvalidType(); 5089 } 5090 } 5091 } 5092 5093 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5094 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5095 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5096 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5097 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5098 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5099 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 5100 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5101 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5102 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5103 R, TInfo, SC); 5104 5105 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5106 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5107 } else { 5108 bool Invalid = false; 5109 5110 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5111 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5112 switch (SC) { 5113 case SC_None: 5114 break; 5115 case SC_Static: 5116 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5117 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5118 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5119 break; 5120 case SC_Auto: 5121 case SC_Register: 5122 case SC_Extern: 5123 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5124 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5125 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5126 // of class members 5127 5128 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5129 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5130 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5131 break; 5132 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5133 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5134 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5135 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5136 } 5137 } 5138 5139 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5140 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5141 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5142 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5143 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5144 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5145 5146 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5147 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5148 if (RD->isUnion()) 5149 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5150 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5151 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5152 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5153 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5154 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5155 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5156 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5157 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5158 } 5159 } 5160 5161 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5162 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5163 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5164 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5165 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5166 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5167 5168 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5169 !TemplateParams) { 5170 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5171 5172 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5173 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5174 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5175 // too few of them). 5176 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5177 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5178 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5179 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5180 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5181 "template<> "); 5182 IsExplicitSpecialization = true; 5183 TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(), 5184 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 5185 SourceLocation()); 5186 } 5187 5188 if (TemplateParams) { 5189 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5190 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5191 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5192 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5193 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5194 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5195 << II 5196 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5197 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5198 TemplateParams = 0; 5199 } else { 5200 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5201 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5202 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5203 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5204 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5205 5206 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5207 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5208 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5209 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5210 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5211 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5212 // This is a template declaration. 5213 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5214 5215 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5216 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5217 return 0; 5218 } 5219 } 5220 } 5221 5222 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5223 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5224 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5225 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5226 : SourceLocation(); 5227 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5228 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5229 IsPartialSpecialization); 5230 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5231 return 0; 5232 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5233 AddToScope = false; 5234 } else 5235 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5236 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5237 5238 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5239 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5240 NewTemplate = 5241 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5242 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5243 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5244 } 5245 5246 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5247 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5248 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5249 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5250 5251 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5252 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5253 if (NewTemplate) 5254 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5255 } 5256 5257 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5258 5259 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5260 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5261 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5262 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5263 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5264 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5265 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5266 5267 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5268 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5269 } 5270 5271 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5272 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5273 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5274 if (NewTemplate) 5275 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5276 5277 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5278 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5279 5280 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5281 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5282 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5283 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5284 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5285 // explicitly. 5286 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5287 // 'extern'. 5288 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5289 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5290 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5291 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5292 else 5293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5294 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5295 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5296 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5297 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5298 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5299 else 5300 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5301 } 5302 5303 // C99 6.7.4p3 5304 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5305 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5306 // thread storage duration... 5307 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5308 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5309 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5310 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5311 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5312 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5313 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5314 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5315 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5316 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5317 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5318 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5319 } 5320 } 5321 5322 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5323 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5325 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5327 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5328 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5329 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5330 << 2 5331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5332 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5333 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5334 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5335 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5336 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5337 else { 5338 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5339 if (NewTemplate) 5340 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5341 } 5342 } 5343 5344 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5345 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5346 5347 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5348 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5349 // storage [duration]." 5350 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5351 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5352 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5353 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5354 } 5355 } 5356 5357 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5358 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5359 // check the VarDecl itself. 5360 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5361 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5362 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5363 5364 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5365 // retainable type. 5366 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5367 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5368 5369 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5370 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5371 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5372 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5373 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5374 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5375 switch (SC) { 5376 case SC_None: 5377 case SC_Auto: 5378 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5379 break; 5380 case SC_Register: 5381 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5382 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5383 break; 5384 case SC_Static: 5385 case SC_Extern: 5386 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5387 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5388 break; 5389 } 5390 } 5391 5392 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5393 Context, Label, 0)); 5394 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5395 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5396 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5397 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5398 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5399 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5400 } 5401 } 5402 5403 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5404 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5405 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5406 5407 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5408 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5409 // declaration has linkage). 5410 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5411 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5412 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5413 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5414 5415 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5416 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5417 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5418 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5419 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5420 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5421 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5422 5423 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5424 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5425 } else { 5426 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5427 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5428 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5429 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5430 5431 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5432 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5433 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5434 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5435 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5436 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5437 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5438 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5439 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5440 Previous.clear(); 5441 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5442 } 5443 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5444 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5445 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5446 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5447 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5448 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5449 } 5450 5451 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5452 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5453 5454 if (NewTemplate) { 5455 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5456 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5457 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5458 : 0; 5459 5460 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5461 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5462 // template declaration. 5463 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5464 TemplateParams, 5465 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5466 : 0, 5467 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5468 DC->isDependentContext()) 5469 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5470 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5471 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5472 5473 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5474 // template, make a note of that. 5475 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5476 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5477 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5478 } 5479 } 5480 5481 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5482 5483 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5484 // the map of such variables. 5485 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5486 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5487 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5488 5489 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5490 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5491 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5492 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5493 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5494 Context.setManglingNumber( 5495 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5496 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5497 } 5498 } 5499 5500 if (NewTemplate) { 5501 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5502 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5503 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5504 return NewTemplate; 5505 } 5506 5507 return NewVD; 5508 } 5509 5510 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5511 /// -Wshadow. 5512 /// 5513 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5514 /// scope. 5515 /// 5516 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5517 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5518 /// 5519 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5520 // Return if warning is ignored. 5521 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5522 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5523 return; 5524 5525 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5526 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5527 return; 5528 5529 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5530 5531 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5532 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5533 return; 5534 5535 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5536 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5537 return; 5538 5539 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5540 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5541 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5542 if (MD->isStatic()) 5543 return; 5544 5545 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5546 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5547 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5548 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5549 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5550 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5551 ShadowedDecl = I; 5552 break; 5553 } 5554 } 5555 5556 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5557 5558 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5559 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5560 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5561 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5562 return; 5563 5564 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5565 // static data members from base classes? 5566 5567 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5568 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5569 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5570 } 5571 5572 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5573 unsigned Kind; 5574 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5575 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5576 Kind = 3; // field 5577 else 5578 Kind = 2; // static data member 5579 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5580 Kind = 1; // global 5581 else 5582 Kind = 0; // local 5583 5584 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5585 5586 // Emit warning and note. 5587 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5588 return; 5589 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5590 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5591 } 5592 5593 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5594 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5595 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5596 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5597 return; 5598 5599 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5600 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5601 LookupName(R, S); 5602 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5603 } 5604 5605 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5606 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5607 template<typename T> 5608 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5609 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5610 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5611 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5612 5613 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5614 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5615 // declaration. 5616 return false; 5617 } 5618 5619 if (Prev) { 5620 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5621 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5622 // redeclaration. 5623 Previous.clear(); 5624 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5625 return true; 5626 } 5627 5628 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5629 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5630 // declaration. 5631 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5632 return false; 5633 } else { 5634 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5635 // translation unit which might conflict. 5636 if (IsGlobal) { 5637 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5638 IsGlobal = false; 5639 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5640 I != E; ++I) { 5641 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5642 Prev = *I; 5643 break; 5644 } 5645 } 5646 } else { 5647 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5648 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5649 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5650 I != E; ++I) { 5651 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5652 Prev = *I; 5653 break; 5654 } 5655 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5656 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5657 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5658 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5659 // diagnostic. 5660 } 5661 } 5662 5663 if (!Prev) 5664 return false; 5665 } 5666 5667 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5668 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5669 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5670 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5671 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5672 else 5673 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5674 5675 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5676 << IsGlobal << ND; 5677 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5678 << IsGlobal; 5679 return false; 5680 } 5681 5682 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5683 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5684 /// 5685 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5686 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5687 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5688 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5689 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5690 template<typename T> 5691 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5692 LookupResult &Previous) { 5693 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5694 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5695 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5696 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5697 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5698 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5699 Previous.clear(); 5700 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5701 return true; 5702 } 5703 } 5704 return false; 5705 } 5706 5707 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5708 // declaration. 5709 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5710 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5711 5712 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5713 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5714 // in another scope. 5715 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5716 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5717 5718 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5719 return false; 5720 } 5721 5722 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5723 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5724 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5725 return; 5726 5727 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5728 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5729 5730 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5731 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5732 return; 5733 5734 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5735 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5736 5737 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5738 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5739 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5740 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5741 NewVD->setType(T); 5742 } 5743 5744 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5745 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5746 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5747 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5748 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5749 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5750 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5751 return; 5752 } 5753 5754 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5755 // __constant address space. 5756 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5757 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5758 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5759 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5760 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5761 return; 5762 } 5763 5764 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5765 // scope. 5766 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5767 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5768 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5769 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5770 return; 5771 } 5772 5773 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5774 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5775 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5776 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5777 else { 5778 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5779 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5780 } 5781 } 5782 5783 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5784 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5785 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5786 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5787 5788 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5789 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5790 bool SizeIsNegative; 5791 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5792 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5793 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5794 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5795 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5796 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5797 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5798 // int a[10][n]; 5799 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5800 5801 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5803 << SizeRange; 5804 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5805 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5806 << SizeRange; 5807 else 5808 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5809 << SizeRange; 5810 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5811 return; 5812 } 5813 5814 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5815 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5817 else 5818 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5819 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5820 return; 5821 } 5822 5823 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5824 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5825 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5826 } 5827 5828 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5829 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5830 // of objects and functions. 5831 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5833 << T; 5834 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5835 return; 5836 } 5837 } 5838 5839 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5840 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5841 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5842 return; 5843 } 5844 5845 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5847 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5848 return; 5849 } 5850 5851 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5852 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5853 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5854 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5855 return; 5856 } 5857 } 5858 5859 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5860 /// declaration. 5861 /// 5862 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5863 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5864 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5865 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5866 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5867 /// 5868 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5869 /// 5870 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5871 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5872 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5873 5874 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5875 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5876 return false; 5877 5878 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5879 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5880 if (Previous.empty() && 5881 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5882 Previous.setShadowed(); 5883 5884 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5885 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5886 5887 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5888 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5889 return true; 5890 } 5891 return false; 5892 } 5893 5894 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5895 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5896 Sema *S; 5897 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5898 }; 5899 5900 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5901 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5902 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5903 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5904 CXXBasePath &Path, 5905 void *UserData) { 5906 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5907 5908 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5909 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5910 5911 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5912 5913 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5914 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5915 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5916 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5917 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5918 5919 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5920 } 5921 5922 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5923 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5924 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5925 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5926 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5927 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5928 return true; 5929 } 5930 } 5931 5932 return false; 5933 } 5934 5935 namespace { 5936 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5937 } 5938 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5939 /// overriden methods. 5940 /// 5941 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5942 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5943 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5944 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5945 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5946 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5947 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5948 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5949 I != E; ++I) { 5950 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5951 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5952 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5953 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5954 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5955 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5956 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5957 } 5958 } 5959 5960 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5961 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5962 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5963 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5964 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5965 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5966 Data.Method = MD; 5967 Data.S = this; 5968 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5969 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5970 bool AddedAny = false; 5971 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5972 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 5973 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 5974 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5975 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5976 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5977 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5978 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5979 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5980 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5981 AddedAny = true; 5982 } 5983 } 5984 } 5985 } 5986 5987 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5988 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5989 } 5990 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5991 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5992 } 5993 5994 return AddedAny; 5995 } 5996 5997 namespace { 5998 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5999 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6000 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6001 Scope *S; 6002 Declarator &D; 6003 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6004 bool AddToScope; 6005 }; 6006 } 6007 6008 namespace { 6009 6010 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6011 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6012 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6013 public: 6014 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6015 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6016 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6017 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 6018 6019 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6020 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6021 return false; 6022 6023 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6024 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6025 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6026 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6027 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6028 6029 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6030 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6031 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6032 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6033 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6034 return true; 6035 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6036 return true; 6037 } 6038 } 6039 } 6040 6041 return false; 6042 } 6043 6044 private: 6045 ASTContext &Context; 6046 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6047 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6048 }; 6049 6050 } 6051 6052 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6053 /// 6054 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6055 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6056 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6057 /// the same name. 6058 /// 6059 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6060 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6061 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6062 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6063 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6064 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6065 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6066 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6067 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6068 TypoCorrection Correction; 6069 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6070 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6071 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6072 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6073 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6074 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6075 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6076 6077 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6078 if (IsLocalFriend) 6079 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6080 else 6081 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6082 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6083 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6084 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6085 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6086 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6087 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6088 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6089 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6090 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6091 if (FD && 6092 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6093 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6094 // involve a parameter 6095 unsigned ParamNum = 6096 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6097 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6098 } 6099 } 6100 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6101 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6102 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6103 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6104 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6105 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6106 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6107 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6108 Previous.clear(); 6109 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6110 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6111 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6112 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6113 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6114 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6115 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6116 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6120 6121 NamedDecl *Result; 6122 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6123 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6124 { 6125 // Trap errors. 6126 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6127 6128 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6129 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6130 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6131 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6132 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6133 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6134 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6135 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6136 6137 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6138 Result = 0; 6139 } 6140 6141 if (Result) { 6142 // Determine which correction we picked. 6143 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6144 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6145 I != E; ++I) 6146 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6147 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6148 6149 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6150 Correction, 6151 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6152 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6153 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6154 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6155 return Result; 6156 } 6157 6158 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6159 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6160 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6161 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6162 Previous.clear(); 6163 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6164 } 6165 6166 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6167 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6168 6169 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6170 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6171 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6172 6173 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6174 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6175 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6176 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6177 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6178 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6179 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6180 6181 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6182 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6183 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6184 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6185 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6186 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6187 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6188 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6189 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6190 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6191 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6192 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6193 } else 6194 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6195 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6196 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6197 } 6198 return 0; 6199 } 6200 6201 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6202 Declarator &D) { 6203 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6204 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6205 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6206 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6207 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6208 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6209 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6210 D.setInvalidType(); 6211 break; 6212 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6213 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6214 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6215 return SC_None; 6216 return SC_Extern; 6217 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6218 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6219 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6220 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6221 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6222 // other than extern 6223 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6224 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6225 diag::err_static_block_func); 6226 break; 6227 } else 6228 return SC_Static; 6229 } 6230 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6231 } 6232 6233 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6234 return SC_None; 6235 } 6236 6237 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6238 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6239 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6240 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6241 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6242 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6243 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6244 6245 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6246 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6247 6248 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6249 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6250 // prototype. This true when: 6251 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6252 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6253 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6254 bool HasPrototype = 6255 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6256 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6257 6258 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6259 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6260 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6261 HasPrototype, false); 6262 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6263 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6264 6265 // Set the lexical context. 6266 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6267 6268 return NewFD; 6269 } 6270 6271 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6272 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6273 6274 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6275 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6276 // the class has been completely parsed. 6277 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6278 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6279 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6280 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6281 D.setInvalidType(); 6282 6283 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6284 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6285 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6286 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6287 6288 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6289 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6290 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6291 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6292 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6293 isConstexpr); 6294 6295 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6296 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6297 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6298 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6299 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6300 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6301 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6302 D.getLocStart(), 6303 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6304 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6305 6306 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6307 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6308 // it yet. 6309 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6310 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6311 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6312 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6313 } 6314 6315 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6316 return NewDD; 6317 6318 } else { 6319 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6320 D.setInvalidType(); 6321 6322 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6323 // code path. 6324 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6325 D.getLocStart(), 6326 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6327 SC, isInline, 6328 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6329 } 6330 6331 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6332 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6333 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6334 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6335 return 0; 6336 } 6337 6338 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6339 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6340 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6341 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6342 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6343 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6344 6345 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6346 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6347 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6348 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6349 // constructor if it has no return type). 6350 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6351 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6352 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6353 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6354 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6355 return 0; 6356 } 6357 6358 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6359 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6360 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6361 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6362 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6363 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6364 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6365 return Ret; 6366 } else { 6367 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6368 // prototype. This true when: 6369 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6370 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6371 D.getLocStart(), 6372 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6373 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6374 } 6375 } 6376 6377 enum OpenCLParamType { 6378 ValidKernelParam, 6379 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6380 PtrKernelParam, 6381 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6382 InvalidKernelParam, 6383 RecordKernelParam 6384 }; 6385 6386 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6387 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6388 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6389 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6390 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6391 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6392 : PtrKernelParam; 6393 } 6394 6395 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6396 // be used as builtin types. 6397 6398 if (PT->isImageType()) 6399 return PtrKernelParam; 6400 6401 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6402 return InvalidKernelParam; 6403 6404 if (PT->isEventT()) 6405 return InvalidKernelParam; 6406 6407 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6408 return InvalidKernelParam; 6409 6410 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6411 return RecordKernelParam; 6412 6413 return ValidKernelParam; 6414 } 6415 6416 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6417 Sema &S, 6418 Declarator &D, 6419 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6420 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6421 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6422 6423 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6424 // used again 6425 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6426 return; 6427 6428 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6429 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6430 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6431 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6432 // pointer to a pointer type. 6433 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6434 D.setInvalidType(); 6435 return; 6436 6437 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6438 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6439 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6440 // pointer to the private address space. 6441 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6442 D.setInvalidType(); 6443 return; 6444 6445 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6446 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6447 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6448 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6449 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6450 6451 case InvalidKernelParam: 6452 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6453 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6454 // of event_t type. 6455 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6456 D.setInvalidType(); 6457 return; 6458 6459 case PtrKernelParam: 6460 case ValidKernelParam: 6461 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6462 return; 6463 6464 case RecordKernelParam: 6465 break; 6466 } 6467 6468 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6469 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6470 6471 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6472 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6473 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6474 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6475 6476 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6477 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6478 6479 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6480 6481 do { 6482 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6483 if (!Next) { 6484 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6485 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6486 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6487 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6488 6489 continue; 6490 } 6491 6492 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6493 // field itself) to the history stack. 6494 const RecordDecl *RD; 6495 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6496 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6497 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6498 } else { 6499 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6500 } 6501 6502 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6503 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6504 6505 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6506 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6507 6508 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6509 continue; 6510 6511 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6512 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6513 continue; 6514 6515 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6516 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6517 continue; 6518 } 6519 6520 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6521 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6522 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6523 // union. 6524 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6525 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6526 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6527 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6528 << PT->isUnionType() 6529 << PT; 6530 } else { 6531 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6532 } 6533 6534 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6535 << PD->getDeclName(); 6536 6537 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6538 // the offending field came from 6539 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6540 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6541 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6542 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6543 << OuterField->getType(); 6544 } 6545 6546 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6547 << QT->isPointerType() 6548 << QT; 6549 D.setInvalidType(); 6550 return; 6551 } 6552 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6553 } 6554 6555 NamedDecl* 6556 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6557 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6558 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6559 bool &AddToScope) { 6560 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6561 6562 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6563 6564 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6565 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6566 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6567 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6568 6569 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6570 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6571 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6572 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6573 6574 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6575 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6576 6577 bool isFriend = false; 6578 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6579 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6580 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6581 6582 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6583 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6584 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6585 6586 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6587 6588 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6589 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6590 6591 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6592 isVirtualOkay); 6593 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6594 6595 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6596 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6597 6598 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6599 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6600 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6601 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6602 6603 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6604 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6605 6606 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6607 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6608 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6609 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6610 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6611 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6612 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6613 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6614 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6615 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6616 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6617 } 6618 6619 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6620 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6621 // return true). 6622 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6623 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6624 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6625 NewFD->setPure(true); 6626 } 6627 6628 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6629 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6630 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6631 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6632 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6633 6634 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6635 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6636 bool Invalid = false; 6637 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6638 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6639 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6640 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6641 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6642 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6643 // This is a function template 6644 6645 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6646 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6647 return 0; 6648 6649 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6650 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6651 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6652 return 0; 6653 } 6654 6655 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6656 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6657 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6658 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6659 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6660 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6661 Invalid = true; 6662 } 6663 6664 6665 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6666 NewFD->getLocation(), 6667 Name, TemplateParams, 6668 NewFD); 6669 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6670 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6671 6672 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6673 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6674 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6675 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6676 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6677 } 6678 } else { 6679 // This is a function template specialization. 6680 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6681 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6682 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6683 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6684 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6685 6686 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6687 if (isFriend) { 6688 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6689 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6690 6691 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6692 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6693 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6694 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6695 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6696 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6697 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6698 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6699 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6700 } 6701 6702 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6703 << Name << RemoveRange 6704 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6705 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6706 } 6707 } 6708 } 6709 else { 6710 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6711 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6712 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6713 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6714 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6715 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6716 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6717 } 6718 6719 if (Invalid) { 6720 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6721 if (FunctionTemplate) 6722 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 } 6724 6725 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6726 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6727 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6728 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6729 // 6730 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6731 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6732 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6733 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6734 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6735 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6736 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6737 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6738 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6739 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6740 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6741 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6742 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6743 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6744 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6745 } else { 6746 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6747 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6748 } 6749 6750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6751 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6752 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6753 } 6754 6755 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6756 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 6757 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 6758 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6759 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6760 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6761 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6762 // thing to do. 6763 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 6764 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 6765 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6766 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6767 QualType Result = 6768 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 6769 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 6770 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6771 } 6772 6773 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6774 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6775 // declaration. 6776 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6777 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6778 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6779 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6780 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6781 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6782 } 6783 } 6784 6785 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6786 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6787 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6788 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6789 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6790 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6791 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6792 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6793 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6794 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6795 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6796 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6797 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6798 // or conversion function. 6799 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6800 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6801 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6802 } 6803 } 6804 6805 if (isConstexpr) { 6806 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6807 // are implicitly inline. 6808 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6809 6810 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6811 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6812 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6813 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6814 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6815 } 6816 6817 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6818 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6819 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6820 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6821 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6822 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6823 << 0 6824 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6825 } else { 6826 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6827 if (FunctionTemplate) 6828 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6829 } 6830 } 6831 6832 if (isFriend) { 6833 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6834 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6835 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6836 } 6837 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6838 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6839 } 6840 6841 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6842 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 6843 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 6844 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6845 case FDK_Declaration: 6846 case FDK_Definition: 6847 break; 6848 6849 case FDK_Defaulted: 6850 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6851 break; 6852 6853 case FDK_Deleted: 6854 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6855 break; 6856 } 6857 6858 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6859 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6860 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6861 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6862 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6863 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6864 } 6865 6866 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6867 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6868 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6869 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6870 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6871 // the class. 6872 6873 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6874 // member function definition. 6875 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6876 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6877 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6878 } 6879 6880 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6881 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6882 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6883 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6884 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6885 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6886 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6887 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6888 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6889 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 6890 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 6891 } 6892 } 6893 6894 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6895 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6896 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6897 isExplicitSpecialization || 6898 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6899 6900 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6901 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6902 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6903 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6904 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6905 SE->getString(), 0)); 6906 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6907 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6908 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6909 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6910 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6911 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6912 } 6913 } 6914 6915 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6916 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6917 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6918 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6919 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6920 6921 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6922 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6923 // single void argument. 6924 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6925 // already checks for that case. 6926 if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 && 6927 FTI.Params[0].Param && 6928 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6929 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6930 } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) { 6931 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 6932 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 6933 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6934 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6935 Params.push_back(Param); 6936 6937 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6938 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6939 } 6940 } 6941 6942 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6943 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6944 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6945 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6946 // 6947 // @code 6948 // typedef void fn(int); 6949 // fn f; 6950 // @endcode 6951 6952 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6953 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 6954 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6955 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 6956 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6957 Params.push_back(Param); 6958 } 6959 } else { 6960 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6961 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6962 } 6963 6964 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6965 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6966 6967 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6968 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6969 // 6970 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6971 // 6972 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6973 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6974 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6975 6976 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6977 NewFD->addAttr( 6978 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6979 Context, 0)); 6980 6981 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6982 // because all functions have linkage. 6983 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6984 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6985 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6986 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6987 } 6988 6989 // Handle attributes. 6990 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 6991 6992 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 6993 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6994 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6995 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6996 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6997 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6998 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 6999 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7000 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7001 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7002 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7003 } 7004 7005 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7006 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7007 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7008 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7009 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7010 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7011 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7012 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7013 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7014 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7015 } 7016 } 7017 7018 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7019 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7020 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7021 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7022 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7023 7024 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7025 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7026 7027 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7028 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7029 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7030 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7031 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7032 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7033 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7034 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7035 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7036 } else { 7037 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7038 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7039 // 7040 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7041 // 7042 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7043 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7044 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7045 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7046 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7047 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7048 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7049 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7050 7051 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7052 // argument list into our AST format. 7053 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7054 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7055 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7056 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7057 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7058 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7059 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7060 TemplateArgs); 7061 7062 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7063 7064 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7065 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7066 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7067 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7068 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7069 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7070 7071 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7072 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7073 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7074 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7075 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7076 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7077 // too few of them). 7078 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7079 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7080 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7081 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7082 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7083 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7084 "template<> "); 7085 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7086 } else { 7087 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7088 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7089 } 7090 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7091 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7092 // wrote something like: 7093 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7094 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7095 // friend void foo<>(int); 7096 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7097 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7098 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7099 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7100 } 7101 7102 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7103 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7104 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7105 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7106 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7107 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7108 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7109 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7110 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7111 InstantiationDependent))) { 7112 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7113 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7114 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7115 Previous)) 7116 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7117 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7118 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7119 && !isFriend) { 7120 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7121 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7122 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7123 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7124 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7125 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7126 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7127 Previous)) 7128 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7129 7130 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7131 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7132 // specialization (14.7.3) 7133 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7134 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7135 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7136 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7137 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7138 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7139 << SC 7140 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7141 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7142 7143 else 7144 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7145 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7146 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7147 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7148 } 7149 7150 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7151 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7152 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7153 } 7154 7155 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7156 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7157 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7158 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7159 7160 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7161 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7162 7163 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7164 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7165 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7166 } 7167 7168 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7169 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7170 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7171 7172 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7173 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7174 : NewFD); 7175 7176 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7177 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7178 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7179 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7180 7181 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7182 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7183 } 7184 7185 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7186 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7187 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7188 7189 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7190 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7191 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7192 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7193 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7194 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7195 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7196 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7197 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7198 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7199 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7200 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7201 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7202 DC->isDependentContext()) 7203 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7204 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7205 } 7206 7207 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7208 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7209 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7210 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7211 AddToScope }; 7212 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7213 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7214 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7215 7216 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7217 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7218 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7219 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7220 7221 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7222 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7223 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7224 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7225 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7226 // can actually do this check immediately. 7227 if (isFriend && 7228 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7229 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7230 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7231 // ignore these 7232 } else { 7233 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7234 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7235 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7236 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7237 // 7238 // class X { 7239 // void f() const; 7240 // }; 7241 // 7242 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7243 // 7244 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7245 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7246 // whether the parameter types are references). 7247 7248 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7249 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7250 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7251 return Result; 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7256 // to something. 7257 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7258 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7259 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7260 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7261 return Result; 7262 } 7263 } 7264 7265 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7266 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7267 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7268 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7269 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7270 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7271 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7272 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7273 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7274 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7275 // generate them. 7276 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7277 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7278 } 7279 } 7280 7281 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7282 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7283 7284 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7285 7286 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7287 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7288 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7289 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7290 << NewFD; 7291 7292 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7293 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7294 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7295 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7296 EPI.Variadic = true; 7297 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7298 7299 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7300 NewFD->setType(R); 7301 } 7302 7303 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7304 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7305 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7306 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7307 7308 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7309 // marking the function. 7310 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7311 7312 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7313 // the map of such variables. 7314 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7315 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7316 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7317 7318 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7319 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7320 7321 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7322 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7323 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7324 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7325 return FunctionTemplate; 7326 } 7327 } 7328 7329 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7330 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7331 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7332 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7333 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7334 D.setInvalidType(); 7335 } 7336 7337 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7338 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7339 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7340 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7341 D.setInvalidType(); 7342 } 7343 7344 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7345 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7346 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7347 } 7348 7349 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7350 7351 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7352 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7353 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7354 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7355 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7356 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7357 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7358 7359 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7360 } 7361 } 7362 7363 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7364 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7365 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7366 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7367 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7368 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7369 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7370 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7371 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7372 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7373 AddToScope = false; 7374 } 7375 7376 return NewFD; 7377 } 7378 7379 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7380 /// 7381 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7382 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7383 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7384 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7385 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7386 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7387 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7388 /// 7389 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7390 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7391 /// 7392 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7393 /// 7394 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7395 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7396 LookupResult &Previous, 7397 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7398 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7399 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7400 7401 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7402 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7403 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7404 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7405 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7406 7407 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7408 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7409 7410 bool Redeclaration = false; 7411 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7412 7413 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7414 // the same name, if appropriate. 7415 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7416 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7417 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7418 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7419 // function to the scope. 7420 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7421 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7422 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7423 Redeclaration = true; 7424 OldDecl = Candidate; 7425 } 7426 } else { 7427 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7428 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7429 case Ovl_Match: 7430 Redeclaration = true; 7431 break; 7432 7433 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7434 Redeclaration = true; 7435 break; 7436 7437 case Ovl_Overload: 7438 Redeclaration = false; 7439 break; 7440 } 7441 7442 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7443 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7444 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7445 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7446 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7447 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7448 if (Redeclaration) 7449 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7450 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7451 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7452 if (OverloadedDecl) 7453 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7454 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7455 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7456 } 7457 } 7458 } 7459 7460 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7461 if (!Redeclaration && 7462 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7463 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7464 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7465 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7466 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7467 Redeclaration = true; 7468 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7469 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7470 7471 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7472 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7473 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7474 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7475 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7476 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7477 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7478 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7479 } 7480 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7481 Redeclaration = false; 7482 OldDecl = 0; 7483 } 7484 } 7485 } 7486 } 7487 7488 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7489 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7490 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7491 // 7492 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7493 // definition of a static member function. 7494 // 7495 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7496 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7497 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7498 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7499 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7500 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7501 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0; 7502 if (OldDecl) 7503 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7504 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7505 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7506 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7507 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7508 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7509 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7510 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7511 7512 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7513 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7514 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7515 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7516 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7517 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7518 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7519 7520 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7521 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7522 } 7523 } 7524 } 7525 7526 if (Redeclaration) { 7527 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7528 // merged. 7529 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7530 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 return Redeclaration; 7532 } 7533 7534 Previous.clear(); 7535 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7536 7537 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7538 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7539 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7540 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7541 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7542 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7543 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7544 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7545 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7546 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7547 } 7548 7549 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7550 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7551 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7552 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7553 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7554 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7555 } 7556 7557 } else { 7558 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7559 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7560 7561 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7562 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7563 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7564 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7565 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7566 7567 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7568 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7569 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7570 7571 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7572 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7573 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7574 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7575 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7576 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7577 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7578 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7579 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7580 } 7581 } 7582 } 7583 } 7584 } 7585 7586 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7587 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7588 // C++-specific checks. 7589 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7590 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7591 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7592 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7593 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7594 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7595 7596 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7597 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7598 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7599 DeclarationName Name 7600 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7601 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7602 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7603 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7604 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7605 return Redeclaration; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7609 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7610 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7611 } 7612 7613 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7614 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7615 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7616 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7617 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7618 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7619 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7620 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7621 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7622 } 7623 } 7624 } 7625 7626 if (Method->isStatic()) 7627 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7628 } 7629 7630 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7631 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7632 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7633 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7634 return Redeclaration; 7635 } 7636 7637 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7638 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7639 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7640 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7641 return Redeclaration; 7642 } 7643 7644 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7645 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7646 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7647 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7648 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7649 7650 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7651 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7652 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7653 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7654 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7655 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7656 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7657 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7658 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7659 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7660 } 7661 } 7662 7663 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7664 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7665 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7666 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7667 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7668 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7669 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7670 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7671 << NewFD << R; 7672 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7673 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7674 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7675 } 7676 } 7677 return Redeclaration; 7678 } 7679 7680 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7681 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7682 if (!TSI) 7683 return SourceRange(); 7684 7685 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7686 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7687 if (!FunctionTL) 7688 return SourceRange(); 7689 7690 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc(); 7691 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7692 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7693 7694 return SourceRange(); 7695 } 7696 7697 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7698 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7699 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7700 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7701 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7702 // appear in a declaration of main. 7703 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7704 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7705 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7706 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7707 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7708 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7709 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7710 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7711 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7712 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7713 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7714 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7715 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7716 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7717 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7718 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7719 } 7720 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7721 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7723 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7724 } 7725 7726 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7727 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7728 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7729 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7730 return; 7731 } 7732 7733 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7734 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7735 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7736 7737 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7738 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7739 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7740 // set the flag which tells us that. 7741 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7742 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7743 7744 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7745 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7746 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7747 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7748 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7749 7750 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7751 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7752 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7753 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7754 7755 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7756 } else { 7757 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7758 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7759 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7760 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7761 else 7762 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7763 7764 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7765 } 7766 7767 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7768 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7769 7770 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7771 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 7772 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7773 7774 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7775 7776 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7777 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7778 // getting shifty. 7779 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7780 HasExtraParameters = false; 7781 7782 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7784 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7785 nparams = 3; 7786 } 7787 7788 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7789 // if we had some location information about types. 7790 7791 QualType CharPP = 7792 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7793 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7794 7795 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7796 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 7797 7798 bool mismatch = true; 7799 7800 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7801 mismatch = false; 7802 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7803 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7804 // char const ** 7805 // char const * const * 7806 // char * const * 7807 7808 QualifierCollector qs; 7809 const PointerType* PT; 7810 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7811 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7812 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7813 Context.CharTy)) { 7814 qs.removeConst(); 7815 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7816 } 7817 } 7818 7819 if (mismatch) { 7820 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7821 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7822 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7827 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7828 } 7829 7830 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7831 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7832 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7833 } 7834 } 7835 7836 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7837 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7838 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7839 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7840 7841 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7842 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7843 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7844 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7845 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 7846 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7847 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7848 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7849 7850 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7851 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7852 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7853 } 7854 } 7855 7856 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7857 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7858 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7859 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7860 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7861 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7862 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7863 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7864 // rules there don't matter.) 7865 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7866 return false; 7867 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7868 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7869 return true; 7870 } 7871 7872 namespace { 7873 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7874 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7875 class SelfReferenceChecker 7876 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7877 Sema &S; 7878 Decl *OrigDecl; 7879 bool isRecordType; 7880 bool isPODType; 7881 bool isReferenceType; 7882 7883 public: 7884 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7885 7886 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7887 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7888 isPODType = false; 7889 isRecordType = false; 7890 isReferenceType = false; 7891 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7892 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7893 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7894 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7895 } 7896 } 7897 7898 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7899 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7900 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7901 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7902 if (isReferenceType) 7903 return; 7904 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7905 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7906 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7907 return; 7908 } 7909 7910 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7911 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7912 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7913 return; 7914 } 7915 7916 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7917 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7918 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7919 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7920 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7921 return; 7922 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7923 } 7924 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7925 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7926 return; 7927 } 7928 } 7929 7930 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7931 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7932 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7933 if (isReferenceType) 7934 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7935 } 7936 7937 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7938 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7939 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7940 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7941 7942 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7943 } 7944 7945 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7946 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7947 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7948 7949 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7950 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7951 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7952 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7953 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7954 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7955 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7956 Warn = false; 7957 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7958 } 7959 7960 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7961 if (Warn) 7962 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7963 return; 7964 } 7965 7966 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7967 // Visit that expression. 7968 Visit(Base); 7969 } 7970 7971 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7972 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7973 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7974 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7975 7976 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7977 } 7978 7979 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7980 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7981 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7982 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7983 if (!isPODType) 7984 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7985 return; 7986 } 7987 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7988 } 7989 7990 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7991 7992 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7993 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7994 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7995 unsigned diag; 7996 if (isReferenceType) { 7997 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7998 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7999 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8000 } else { 8001 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8002 } 8003 8004 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8005 S.PDiag(diag) 8006 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8007 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8008 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8009 } 8010 }; 8011 8012 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8013 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8014 bool DirectInit) { 8015 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8016 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8017 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8018 return; 8019 8020 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8021 8022 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8023 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8024 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8025 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8026 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8027 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8028 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8029 return; 8030 8031 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8032 } 8033 } 8034 8035 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8036 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8037 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8038 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8039 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8040 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8041 // the initializer. 8042 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8043 return; 8044 8045 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8046 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8047 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8048 // Thus this grotesque test. 8049 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8050 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8051 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8052 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8053 else { 8054 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8055 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8056 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8057 } 8058 return; 8059 } 8060 8061 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8062 if (!VDecl) { 8063 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8064 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8065 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8066 return; 8067 } 8068 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8069 8070 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8071 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8072 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8073 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8074 // contains exactly one expression. 8075 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8076 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8077 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8078 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8079 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8080 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8081 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8082 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8083 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8084 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8085 return; 8086 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8087 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8088 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8089 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8090 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8091 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8092 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8093 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8094 return; 8095 } else { 8096 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8097 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8098 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8099 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8100 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8101 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8102 } 8103 } 8104 8105 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8106 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8107 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8108 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8109 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8110 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8111 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8112 return; 8113 } 8114 Init = Result.take(); 8115 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8116 } 8117 8118 QualType DeducedType; 8119 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8120 DAR_Failed) 8121 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8122 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8123 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8124 return; 8125 } 8126 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8127 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8128 8129 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8130 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8131 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8132 8133 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8134 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8135 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8136 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8137 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8138 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8139 SourceLocation Loc = 8140 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8142 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8143 } 8144 8145 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8146 // the previously declared type. 8147 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8148 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8149 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8150 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8151 } 8152 8153 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8154 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8155 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8156 return; 8157 } 8158 8159 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8160 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8161 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8162 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8163 return; 8164 } 8165 8166 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8167 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8168 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8169 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8170 return; 8171 } 8172 8173 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8174 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8175 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8176 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8177 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8178 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8179 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8180 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8181 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8182 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8183 return; 8184 } 8185 8186 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8187 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8188 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8189 AbstractVariableType)) 8190 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8191 } 8192 8193 const VarDecl *Def; 8194 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8195 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8196 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8197 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8198 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8199 return; 8200 } 8201 8202 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8203 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8204 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8205 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8206 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8207 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8208 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8209 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8210 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8211 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8212 // 8213 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8214 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8215 // declaration with an initializer. 8216 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8217 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8218 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8219 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8220 return; 8221 } 8222 8223 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8224 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8225 8226 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8227 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8228 return; 8229 } 8230 } 8231 8232 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8233 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8234 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8235 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8236 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8237 return; 8238 } 8239 8240 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8241 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8242 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8243 8244 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8245 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8246 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8247 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8248 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8249 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8250 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8251 return; 8252 } 8253 Init = Result.take(); 8254 } 8255 8256 // Perform the initialization. 8257 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8258 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8259 InitializationKind Kind 8260 = DirectInit ? 8261 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8262 Init->getLocStart(), 8263 Init->getLocEnd()) 8264 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8265 VDecl->getLocation()) 8266 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8267 Init->getLocStart()); 8268 8269 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8270 if (CXXDirectInit) 8271 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8272 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8273 8274 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8275 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8276 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8277 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8278 return; 8279 } 8280 8281 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8282 } 8283 8284 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8285 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8286 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8287 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8288 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8289 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8290 } 8291 8292 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8293 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8294 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8295 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8296 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8297 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8298 8299 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8300 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8301 8302 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8303 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8304 8305 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8306 // Although this code can still have problems: 8307 // id x = self.weakProp; 8308 // id y = self.weakProp; 8309 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8310 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8311 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8312 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8313 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8314 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8315 Init->getLocStart()); 8316 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8317 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8322 // 8323 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8324 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8325 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8326 // 8327 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8328 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8329 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8330 // 8331 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8332 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8333 false, 8334 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8335 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8336 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8337 return; 8338 } 8339 Init = Result.take(); 8340 8341 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8342 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8343 8344 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8345 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8346 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8347 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8348 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8349 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8350 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8351 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8352 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8353 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8354 // constant expressions. 8355 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8356 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8357 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8358 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8359 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8360 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8361 } 8362 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8363 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8364 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8365 // 8366 // struct S { 8367 // static const int value = 17; 8368 // }; 8369 8370 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8371 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8372 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8373 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8374 // 8375 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8376 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8377 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8378 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8379 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8380 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8381 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8382 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8383 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8384 8385 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8386 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8387 8388 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8389 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8390 // type. 8391 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8392 8393 // Require constness. 8394 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8395 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8396 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8397 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8398 8399 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8400 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8401 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8402 SourceLocation Loc; 8403 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8404 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8405 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8406 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8407 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8408 ; // Nothing to check. 8409 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8410 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8411 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8412 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8413 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8414 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8415 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8416 } else { 8417 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8418 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8419 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8420 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8421 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8422 } 8423 8424 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8425 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8426 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8427 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8428 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8429 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8430 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8431 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8432 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8433 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8434 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8435 } else { 8436 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8437 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8438 8439 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8440 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8441 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8442 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8443 } 8444 } 8445 8446 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8447 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8448 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8449 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8450 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8451 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8452 8453 } else { 8454 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8455 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8456 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8457 } 8458 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8459 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8460 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8461 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8462 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8463 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8464 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8465 8466 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8467 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8468 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8469 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8470 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8471 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8472 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8473 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8474 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8475 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8476 // initialization. 8477 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8478 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8479 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8480 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8481 } 8482 } 8483 8484 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8485 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8486 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8487 // 8488 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8489 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8490 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8491 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8492 // special case code. 8493 8494 // C++ 8.5p11: 8495 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8496 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8497 // class type. 8498 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8499 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8500 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8501 } else if (DirectInit) { 8502 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8503 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8504 } 8505 8506 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8507 } 8508 8509 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8510 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8511 /// of sanity. 8512 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8513 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8514 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8515 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8516 8517 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8518 if (!VD) return; 8519 8520 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8521 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8522 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8523 return; 8524 } 8525 8526 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8527 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8528 8529 // Require a complete type. 8530 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8531 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8532 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8533 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8534 return; 8535 } 8536 8537 // Require an abstract type. 8538 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8539 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8540 AbstractVariableType)) { 8541 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8542 return; 8543 } 8544 8545 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8546 // though. 8547 } 8548 8549 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8550 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8551 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8552 if (RealDecl == 0) 8553 return; 8554 8555 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8556 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8557 8558 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8559 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8561 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8562 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8563 return; 8564 } 8565 8566 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8567 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8568 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8569 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8570 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8571 // member. 8572 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8573 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8574 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8575 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8576 << Var->getDeclName(); 8577 else 8578 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8579 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8580 return; 8581 } 8582 8583 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8584 // be initialized. 8585 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8586 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8587 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8588 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8589 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8590 return; 8591 } 8592 8593 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8594 case VarDecl::Definition: 8595 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8596 break; 8597 8598 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8599 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8600 // a declaration. 8601 // 8602 // Fall through 8603 8604 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8605 // It's only a declaration. 8606 8607 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8608 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8609 // object shall be complete. 8610 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8611 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8612 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8613 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8614 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8615 8616 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8617 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8618 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8619 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8620 AbstractVariableType)) 8621 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8622 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8623 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8624 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8625 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8626 } 8627 8628 return; 8629 8630 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8631 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8632 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8633 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8634 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8635 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8636 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8637 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8638 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8639 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8640 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8641 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8642 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8643 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8644 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8645 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8646 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8647 // NOTE: code such as the following 8648 // static struct s; 8649 // struct s { int a; }; 8650 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8651 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8652 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8653 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8654 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8655 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8656 } 8657 } 8658 8659 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8660 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8661 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8662 return; 8663 } 8664 8665 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8666 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8667 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8668 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8669 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8670 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8671 return; 8672 } 8673 8674 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8675 // definitions with reference type. 8676 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8677 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8678 << Var->getDeclName() 8679 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8680 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 return; 8682 } 8683 8684 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8685 // variable with dependent type. 8686 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8687 return; 8688 8689 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8690 return; 8691 8692 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8693 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8694 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8695 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8696 return; 8697 } 8698 8699 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8700 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8701 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8702 AbstractVariableType)) { 8703 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8704 return; 8705 } 8706 8707 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8708 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8709 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8710 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8711 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8712 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8713 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8714 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8715 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8716 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8718 if (const RecordType *Record 8719 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8720 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8721 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8722 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8723 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8724 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8725 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8726 } 8727 } 8728 8729 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8730 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8731 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8732 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8733 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8734 // type shall have a user-declared default 8735 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8736 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8737 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8738 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8739 // program is ill-formed. 8740 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8741 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8742 // default-initialized; [...]. 8743 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8744 InitializationKind Kind 8745 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8746 8747 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8748 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8749 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8750 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8751 else if (Init.get()) { 8752 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8753 // This is important for template substitution. 8754 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8755 } 8756 8757 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8758 } 8759 } 8760 8761 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8762 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8763 if (!VD) { 8764 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8765 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8766 return; 8767 } 8768 8769 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8770 8771 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8772 int Error = -1; 8773 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8774 case SC_None: 8775 break; 8776 case SC_Extern: 8777 Error = 0; 8778 break; 8779 case SC_Static: 8780 Error = 1; 8781 break; 8782 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8783 Error = 2; 8784 break; 8785 case SC_Auto: 8786 Error = 3; 8787 break; 8788 case SC_Register: 8789 Error = 4; 8790 break; 8791 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8792 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8793 } 8794 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8795 Error = 5; 8796 if (Error != -1) { 8797 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8798 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8799 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8800 } 8801 } 8802 8803 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8804 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8805 8806 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8807 // local retaining variable. 8808 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8809 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8810 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8811 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8812 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8813 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8814 break; 8815 8816 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8817 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8818 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8819 break; 8820 } 8821 } 8822 8823 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 8824 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 8825 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 8826 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 8827 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 8828 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8829 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8830 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8831 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8832 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8833 var->getLocation())) { 8834 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8835 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8836 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8837 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8838 8839 if (!prev) 8840 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8841 } 8842 8843 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8844 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8845 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8846 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8847 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8848 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8849 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8850 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8851 } 8852 8853 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8854 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8855 8856 QualType type = var->getType(); 8857 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8858 8859 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8860 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8861 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8862 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8863 8864 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8865 // constructing this copy. 8866 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8867 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8868 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8869 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8870 ExprResult result 8871 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8872 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8873 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8874 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8875 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8876 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8877 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8878 } 8879 } 8880 } 8881 8882 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8883 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8884 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8885 8886 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8887 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8888 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8889 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8890 var->getLocation()) 8891 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8892 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8893 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8894 // warned about them. 8895 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8896 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8897 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8898 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8899 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8900 } 8901 8902 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8903 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8904 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8905 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8906 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8907 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8908 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8909 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8910 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8911 Notes.clear(); 8912 } 8913 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8914 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8915 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8916 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8917 } 8918 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8919 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8920 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8921 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8922 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 // Require the destructor. 8927 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8928 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8929 } 8930 8931 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8932 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8933 void 8934 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8935 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8936 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8937 8938 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8939 if (!VD) 8940 return; 8941 8942 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 8943 8944 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 8945 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8946 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 8947 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 8948 } 8949 } 8950 8951 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 8952 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 8953 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 8954 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8955 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 8956 << VD->getDeclName(); 8957 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8958 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8959 } 8960 } 8961 } 8962 8963 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8964 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8965 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8966 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8967 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8968 8969 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8970 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8971 8972 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8973 // tag values. 8974 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8975 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8976 return; 8977 8978 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 8979 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8980 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8981 continue; 8982 } 8983 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8984 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8985 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8986 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8987 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8988 continue; 8989 } 8990 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8991 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8992 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8993 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8994 continue; 8995 } 8996 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8997 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8998 MagicValue, 8999 I->getMatchingCType(), 9000 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9001 I->getMustBeNull()); 9002 } 9003 } 9004 9005 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9006 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9007 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9008 9009 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9010 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9011 9012 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 9013 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9014 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9015 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9016 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9017 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9018 Decls.push_back(D); 9019 } 9020 9021 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9022 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9023 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9024 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9025 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9026 } 9027 } 9028 9029 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9030 } 9031 9032 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9033 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9034 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9035 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9036 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9037 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9038 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9039 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9040 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9041 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9042 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9043 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9044 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9045 QualType Deduced; 9046 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9047 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 9048 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9049 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9050 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9051 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9052 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9053 break; 9054 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9055 if (!U.isNull()) { 9056 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9057 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9058 Deduced = U; 9059 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9060 DeducedDecl = D; 9061 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9062 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9063 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9064 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9065 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9066 << U << D->getDeclName() 9067 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9068 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9069 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9070 break; 9071 } 9072 } 9073 } 9074 } 9075 } 9076 9077 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9078 9079 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9080 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9081 } 9082 9083 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9084 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9085 } 9086 9087 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9088 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9089 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9090 return; 9091 9092 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9093 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9094 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9095 return; 9096 9097 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9098 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9099 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9100 // additional declaration references: 9101 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9102 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9103 // 'struct S *pS;' 9104 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9105 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9106 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9107 Group = Group.slice(1); 9108 } 9109 } 9110 9111 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9112 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9113 if (!Comments.empty() && 9114 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9115 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9116 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9117 // 9118 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9119 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9120 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9121 // ahead through comments. 9122 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9123 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9124 } 9125 } 9126 9127 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9128 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9129 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9130 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9131 9132 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9133 9134 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9135 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9136 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9137 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9138 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9139 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9140 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9141 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9142 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9143 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9144 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9145 } 9146 9147 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9148 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9149 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9150 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9151 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9152 << 0; 9153 9154 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9155 9156 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9157 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9158 9159 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9160 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9161 // parameter. 9162 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9163 9164 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9165 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9166 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9167 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9168 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9169 } 9170 } 9171 9172 // Ensure we have a valid name 9173 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9174 if (D.hasName()) { 9175 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9176 if (!II) { 9177 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9178 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9179 D.setInvalidType(true); 9180 } 9181 } 9182 9183 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9184 if (II) { 9185 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9186 ForRedeclaration); 9187 LookupName(R, S); 9188 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9189 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9190 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9191 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9192 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9193 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9194 PrevDecl = 0; 9195 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9196 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9197 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9198 9199 // Recover by removing the name 9200 II = 0; 9201 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9202 D.setInvalidType(true); 9203 } 9204 } 9205 } 9206 9207 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9208 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9209 // looking like class members in C++. 9210 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9211 D.getLocStart(), 9212 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9213 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9214 StorageClass); 9215 9216 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9217 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9218 9219 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9220 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9221 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9222 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9223 9224 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9225 S->AddDecl(New); 9226 if (II) 9227 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9228 9229 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9230 9231 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9233 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9234 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9235 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9236 9237 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9238 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9239 } 9240 return New; 9241 } 9242 9243 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9244 /// typedef. 9245 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9246 SourceLocation Loc, 9247 QualType T) { 9248 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9249 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9250 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9251 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9252 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9253 SC_None, 0); 9254 Param->setImplicit(); 9255 return Param; 9256 } 9257 9258 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9259 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9260 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9261 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9262 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9263 return; 9264 9265 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9266 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9267 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9268 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9269 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9270 } 9271 } 9272 } 9273 9274 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9275 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9276 QualType ReturnTy, 9277 NamedDecl *D) { 9278 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9279 return; 9280 9281 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9282 // threshold. 9283 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9284 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9285 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9286 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9287 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9288 } 9289 9290 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9291 // threshold. 9292 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9293 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9294 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9295 continue; 9296 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9297 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9298 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9299 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9300 } 9301 } 9302 9303 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9304 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9305 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9306 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9307 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9308 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9309 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9310 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9311 9312 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9313 9314 // Special cases for arrays: 9315 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9316 // - otherwise, it's an error 9317 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9318 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9319 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9320 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9321 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9322 } 9323 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9324 } else { 9325 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9326 } 9327 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9328 } 9329 9330 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9331 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9332 TSInfo, 9333 StorageClass, 0); 9334 9335 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9336 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9337 // the class has been completely parsed. 9338 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9339 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9340 AbstractParamType)) 9341 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9342 9343 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9344 // passed by reference. 9345 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9346 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9347 Diag(NameLoc, 9348 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9349 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9350 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9351 New->setType(T); 9352 } 9353 9354 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9355 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9356 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9357 // an address space. 9358 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9359 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9360 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9361 } 9362 9363 return New; 9364 } 9365 9366 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9367 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9368 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9369 9370 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9371 // for a K&R function. 9372 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9373 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9374 --i; 9375 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) { 9376 SmallString<256> Code; 9377 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9378 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9379 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9380 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9381 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9382 9383 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9384 // type. 9385 AttributeFactory attrs; 9386 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9387 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9388 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9389 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9390 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9391 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9392 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9393 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9394 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9395 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9396 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9397 } 9398 } 9399 } 9400 } 9401 9402 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9403 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9404 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9405 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9406 9407 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9408 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9409 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9410 } 9411 9412 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9413 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9414 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9415 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9416 return false; 9417 9418 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9419 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9420 return false; 9421 9422 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9423 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9424 return false; 9425 9426 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9427 if (FD->isMain()) 9428 return false; 9429 9430 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9431 if (FD->isInlined()) 9432 return false; 9433 9434 // Don't warn about function templates. 9435 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9436 return false; 9437 9438 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9439 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9440 return false; 9441 9442 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9443 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9444 return false; 9445 9446 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9447 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9448 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9449 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9450 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9451 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9452 continue; 9453 9454 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9455 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9456 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9457 break; 9458 } 9459 9460 return MissingPrototype; 9461 } 9462 9463 void 9464 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9465 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9466 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9467 // was an extern inline function. 9468 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9469 if (!Definition) 9470 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9471 return; 9472 9473 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9474 return; 9475 9476 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9477 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9478 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9479 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9480 else 9481 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9482 9483 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9484 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9485 } 9486 9487 9488 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9489 Sema &S) { 9490 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9491 9492 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9493 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9494 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9495 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9496 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9497 9498 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9499 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9500 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9501 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9502 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9503 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9504 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9505 9506 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9507 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9508 9509 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9510 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9511 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9512 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9513 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9514 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9515 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9516 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9517 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9518 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9519 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9520 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9521 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9522 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0); 9523 9524 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9525 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9526 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0); 9527 } 9528 } 9529 } 9530 9531 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9532 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9533 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9534 9535 if (!D) 9536 return D; 9537 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9538 9539 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9540 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9541 else 9542 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9543 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9544 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9545 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9546 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9547 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9548 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9549 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9550 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9551 // have the LSI properly restored. 9552 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9553 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9554 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9555 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9556 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9557 } 9558 else 9559 // Enter a new function scope 9560 PushFunctionScope(); 9561 9562 // See if this is a redefinition. 9563 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9564 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9565 9566 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9567 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9568 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9569 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9570 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9571 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9572 } 9573 } 9574 9575 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9576 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9577 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9578 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9579 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9580 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9581 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9582 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9583 9584 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9585 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9586 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9587 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9588 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9589 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9590 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9591 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9592 9593 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9594 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9595 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9596 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9597 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9598 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9599 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9600 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9601 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9602 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9603 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9604 } 9605 } 9606 } 9607 9608 if (FnBodyScope) 9609 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9610 9611 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9612 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9613 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9614 9615 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9616 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 9617 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9618 9619 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9620 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9621 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9622 9623 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9624 } 9625 } 9626 9627 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9628 // introduce them into the function scope. 9629 if (FnBodyScope) { 9630 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9631 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9632 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9633 I != E; ++I) { 9634 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9635 9636 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9637 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9638 // and reattach to the current context. 9639 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9640 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9641 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 9642 if (DI == D) { 9643 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9644 break; 9645 } 9646 } 9647 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9648 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9649 } 9650 9651 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9652 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9653 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9654 9655 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9656 // accessible in this scope. 9657 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9658 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 9659 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9660 } 9661 } 9662 } 9663 9664 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9665 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9666 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9667 9668 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9669 // dllimport attribute. 9670 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9671 if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9672 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9673 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9674 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9675 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9677 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9678 << DA; 9679 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9680 return D; 9681 } 9682 9683 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9684 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9685 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9686 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9687 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9688 // emitted. 9689 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9690 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9691 << FD << DA; 9692 } 9693 } 9694 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9695 // a function template). 9696 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9697 return D; 9698 } 9699 9700 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9701 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9702 /// optimization. 9703 /// 9704 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9705 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9706 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9707 /// use the named return value optimization. 9708 /// 9709 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9710 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9711 /// the NRVO variable. 9712 /// 9713 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9714 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9715 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9716 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9717 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9718 9719 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9720 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9721 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9722 return; 9723 9724 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9725 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9726 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9727 return; 9728 } 9729 9730 if (NRVOCandidate) 9731 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9732 } 9733 9734 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 9735 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 9736 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9737 return false; 9738 9739 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 9740 // return type (yet). 9741 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 9742 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 9743 // we can still delay parsing it. 9744 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 9745 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 9746 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 9747 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 9748 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 9749 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 9750 } 9751 } 9752 return false; 9753 } 9754 9755 return true; 9756 } 9757 9758 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9759 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9760 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9761 // rest of the file. 9762 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9763 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9764 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 9765 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9766 return false; 9767 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 9768 } 9769 9770 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9771 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9772 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9773 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9774 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9775 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9776 } 9777 9778 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9779 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9780 } 9781 9782 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9783 bool IsInstantiation) { 9784 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0; 9785 9786 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9787 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9788 9789 if (FD) { 9790 FD->setBody(Body); 9791 9792 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9793 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9794 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9795 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9796 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9797 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9798 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9799 << FD->getReturnType(); 9800 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9801 } else { 9802 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9803 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9804 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 9805 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9806 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9807 } 9808 } 9809 9810 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9811 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9812 // is the first declaration. 9813 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9814 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9815 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9816 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9817 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9818 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9819 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9820 } 9821 9822 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9823 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9824 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9825 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9826 9827 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9828 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 9829 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9830 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9831 9832 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9833 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9834 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9835 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 9836 9837 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9838 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9839 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9840 9841 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9842 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9843 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9844 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 9845 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9846 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9847 } 9848 9849 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9850 "Function parsing confused"); 9851 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9852 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9853 MD->setBody(Body); 9854 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9855 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9856 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9857 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 9858 9859 if (Body) 9860 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9861 } 9862 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9863 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9864 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9865 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9866 } 9867 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 9868 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0; 9869 bool isDesignated = 9870 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 9871 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 9872 (void)isDesignated; 9873 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 9874 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) { 9875 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 9876 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 9877 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 9878 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 9879 } 9880 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 9881 } 9882 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 9883 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 9884 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 9885 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 9886 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 9887 } 9888 } else { 9889 return 0; 9890 } 9891 9892 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9893 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9894 "handled in the block above."); 9895 9896 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9897 if (Body) { 9898 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9899 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9900 // Verify this. 9901 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9902 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9903 9904 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9905 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9906 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9907 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9908 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9909 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9910 9911 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9912 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9913 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9914 9915 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9916 Destructor->getParent()); 9917 } 9918 9919 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9920 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9921 // deletion in some later function. 9922 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9923 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9924 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9925 } 9926 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9927 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9928 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9929 // enabled. 9930 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9931 } 9932 9933 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9934 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9935 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9936 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9937 9938 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9939 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9940 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9941 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9942 } 9943 9944 if (!IsInstantiation) 9945 PopDeclContext(); 9946 9947 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9948 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9949 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9950 // deletion in some later function. 9951 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9952 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9953 } 9954 9955 return dcl; 9956 } 9957 9958 9959 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9960 /// relevant Decl. 9961 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9962 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9963 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9964 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9965 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9966 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9967 9968 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9969 if (Method->isStatic()) 9970 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9971 } 9972 9973 9974 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9975 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9976 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9977 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9978 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9979 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9980 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9981 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9982 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9983 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9984 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9985 return ExternCPrev; 9986 } 9987 9988 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9989 unsigned diag_id; 9990 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9991 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9992 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9993 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9994 else 9995 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9996 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9997 9998 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9999 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10000 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10001 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10002 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10003 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10004 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 10005 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10006 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10007 } 10008 10009 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10010 const char *Dummy; 10011 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10012 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10013 unsigned DiagID; 10014 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10015 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10016 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10017 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10018 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10019 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10020 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10021 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10022 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10023 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 10024 /*NumArgs=*/0, 10025 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10026 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10027 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10028 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10029 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10030 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10031 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10032 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10033 EST_None, 10034 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10035 /*Exceptions=*/0, 10036 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 10037 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10038 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 10039 Loc, Loc, D), 10040 DS.getAttributes(), 10041 SourceLocation()); 10042 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10043 10044 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10045 10046 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10047 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10048 10049 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10050 FD->setImplicit(); 10051 10052 CurContext = PrevDC; 10053 10054 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10055 10056 return FD; 10057 } 10058 10059 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10060 /// the declaration of this function. 10061 /// 10062 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10063 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10064 /// like NSLog or printf. 10065 /// 10066 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10067 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10068 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10069 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10070 return; 10071 10072 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10073 // actual attributes. 10074 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10075 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10076 unsigned FormatIdx; 10077 bool HasVAListArg; 10078 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10079 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10080 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10081 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10082 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10083 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10084 fmt = "NSString"; 10085 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10086 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10087 FormatIdx+1, 10088 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10089 FD->getLocation())); 10090 } 10091 } 10092 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10093 HasVAListArg)) { 10094 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10095 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10096 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10097 FormatIdx+1, 10098 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10099 FD->getLocation())); 10100 } 10101 10102 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10103 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10104 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10105 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10106 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10107 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10108 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10109 } 10110 10111 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10112 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10113 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10114 FD->getLocation())); 10115 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10116 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10117 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10118 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10119 } 10120 10121 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10122 if (!Name) 10123 return; 10124 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10125 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10126 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10127 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10128 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10129 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10130 // about. 10131 } else 10132 return; 10133 10134 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10135 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10136 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10137 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10138 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10139 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10140 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10141 FD->getLocation())); 10142 } 10143 10144 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10145 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10146 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10147 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10148 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10149 FD->getLocation())); 10150 } 10151 } 10152 10153 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10154 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10155 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10156 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10157 10158 if (!TInfo) { 10159 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10160 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10161 } 10162 10163 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10164 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10165 D.getLocStart(), 10166 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10167 D.getIdentifier(), 10168 TInfo); 10169 10170 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10171 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10172 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10173 return NewTD; 10174 } 10175 10176 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10177 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10178 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10179 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10180 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10181 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10182 else 10183 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10184 } 10185 10186 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10187 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10188 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10189 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10190 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10191 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10192 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10193 case TST_enum: 10194 case TST_struct: 10195 case TST_interface: 10196 case TST_union: 10197 case TST_class: { 10198 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10199 10200 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10201 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10202 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10203 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10204 10205 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10206 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10207 10208 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10209 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10210 break; 10211 10212 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10213 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10214 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10215 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10216 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10217 // for how to handle it. 10218 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10219 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10220 10221 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10222 tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(), 10223 getLangOpts()); 10224 10225 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10226 textToInsert += ' '; 10227 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10228 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10229 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10230 break; 10231 } 10232 10233 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10234 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10235 break; 10236 } 10237 10238 default: 10239 break; 10240 } 10241 10242 return NewTD; 10243 } 10244 10245 10246 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10247 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10248 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10249 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10250 10251 if (T->isDependentType()) 10252 return false; 10253 10254 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10255 if (BT->isInteger()) 10256 return false; 10257 10258 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10259 return true; 10260 } 10261 10262 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10263 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10264 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10265 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10266 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10267 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10268 10269 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10270 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10271 << Prev->isScoped(); 10272 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10273 return true; 10274 } 10275 10276 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10277 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10278 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10279 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10280 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10281 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10282 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10283 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10284 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10285 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10286 return true; 10287 } 10288 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10289 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10290 << Prev->isFixed(); 10291 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10292 return true; 10293 } 10294 10295 return false; 10296 } 10297 10298 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10299 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10300 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10301 /// 10302 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10303 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10304 switch (Tag) { 10305 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10306 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10307 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10308 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10309 } 10310 } 10311 10312 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10313 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10314 /// 10315 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10316 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10317 { 10318 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10319 } 10320 10321 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10322 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10323 /// 10324 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10325 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10326 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10327 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10328 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10329 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10330 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10331 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10332 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10333 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10334 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10335 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10336 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10337 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10338 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10339 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10340 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10341 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10342 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10343 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10344 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10345 return true; 10346 10347 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10348 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10349 bool isTemplate = false; 10350 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10351 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10352 10353 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10354 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10355 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10356 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10357 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10358 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10359 return true; 10360 } 10361 10362 if (isDefinition) { 10363 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10364 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10365 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10366 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10367 return true; 10368 } 10369 10370 bool previousMismatch = false; 10371 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10372 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10373 if (!previousMismatch) { 10374 previousMismatch = true; 10375 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10376 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10377 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10378 } 10379 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10380 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10381 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10382 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10383 } 10384 } 10385 return true; 10386 } 10387 10388 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10389 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10390 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10391 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10392 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10393 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10394 return true; 10395 } 10396 10397 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10398 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10399 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10400 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10401 10402 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10403 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10404 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10405 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10406 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10407 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10408 } 10409 10410 return true; 10411 } 10412 return false; 10413 } 10414 10415 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10416 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10417 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10418 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10419 /// 10420 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10421 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10422 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10423 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10424 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10425 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10426 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10427 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10428 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10429 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10430 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10431 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10432 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10433 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10434 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10435 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10436 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10437 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10438 10439 OwnedDecl = false; 10440 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10441 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10442 10443 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10444 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10445 bool Invalid = false; 10446 10447 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10448 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10449 // for non-C++ cases. 10450 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10451 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10452 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10453 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10454 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10455 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10456 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10457 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10458 return 0; 10459 } 10460 10461 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10462 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10463 // be a member of another template). 10464 10465 if (Invalid) 10466 return 0; 10467 10468 OwnedDecl = false; 10469 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10470 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10471 TemplateParams, AS, 10472 ModulePrivateLoc, 10473 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10474 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10475 return Result.get(); 10476 } else { 10477 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10478 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10479 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10480 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10481 } 10482 } 10483 } 10484 10485 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10486 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10487 // redeclaration. 10488 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10489 10490 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10491 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10492 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10493 // type, default to int. 10494 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10495 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10496 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10497 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10498 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10499 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10500 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10501 10502 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10503 // Recover by falling back to int. 10504 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10505 10506 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10507 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10508 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10509 10510 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10511 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10512 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10513 } 10514 10515 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10516 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10517 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10518 10519 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10520 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10521 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10522 10523 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10524 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10525 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10526 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10527 10528 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10529 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10530 Name = 0; 10531 goto CreateNewDecl; 10532 } 10533 10534 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10535 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10536 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10537 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10538 if (!DC) { 10539 IsDependent = true; 10540 return 0; 10541 } 10542 } else { 10543 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10544 if (!DC) { 10545 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10546 << SS.getRange(); 10547 return 0; 10548 } 10549 } 10550 10551 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10552 return 0; 10553 10554 SearchDC = DC; 10555 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10556 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10557 10558 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10559 return 0; 10560 10561 if (Previous.empty()) { 10562 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10563 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10564 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10565 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10566 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10567 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10568 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10569 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10570 IsDependent = true; 10571 return 0; 10572 } 10573 10574 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10575 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10576 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10577 Name = 0; 10578 Invalid = true; 10579 goto CreateNewDecl; 10580 } 10581 } else if (Name) { 10582 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10583 // declaration or definition. 10584 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10585 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10586 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10587 LookupName(Previous, S); 10588 10589 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10590 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10591 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10592 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10593 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10594 while (F.hasNext()) { 10595 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10596 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10597 F.erase(); 10598 } 10599 F.done(); 10600 } 10601 10602 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10603 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10604 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10605 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10606 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10607 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10608 // 10609 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10610 // semantic context? 10611 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10612 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10613 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10614 while (F.hasNext()) { 10615 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10616 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10617 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10618 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10619 F.erase(); 10620 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10621 } 10622 } 10623 F.done(); 10624 } 10625 10626 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10627 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10628 return 0; 10629 10630 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10631 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10632 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10633 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10634 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10635 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10636 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10637 } 10638 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10639 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10640 // initial context to the translation unit. 10641 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10642 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10643 } 10644 10645 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10646 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10647 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10648 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10649 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10650 Previous.clear(); 10651 } 10652 10653 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10654 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10655 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10656 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10657 10658 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10659 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10660 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10661 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10662 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10663 } 10664 } 10665 10666 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10667 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10668 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10669 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10670 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10671 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10672 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10673 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10674 10675 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10676 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10677 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10678 // 10679 // class-key identifier 10680 // 10681 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10682 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10683 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10684 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10685 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10686 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10687 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10688 // declaration. 10689 // 10690 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10691 // C structs and unions. 10692 // 10693 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10694 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10695 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10696 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10697 // 10698 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10699 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10700 // 10701 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10702 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10703 // lexical context, 10704 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10705 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10706 10707 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10708 while (S->isClassScope() || 10709 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10710 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10711 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10712 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10713 S = S->getParent(); 10714 } else { 10715 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10716 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10717 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10718 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10719 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10720 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10721 } 10722 10723 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10724 // diagnose some problems. 10725 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10726 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10727 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10728 } 10729 } 10730 10731 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10732 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10733 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 10734 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 10735 10736 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10737 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10738 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10739 // in C++. 10740 // 10741 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10742 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10743 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10744 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10746 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10747 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10748 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10749 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10750 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10751 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10752 PrevDecl = Tag; 10753 Previous.clear(); 10754 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10755 Previous.resolveKind(); 10756 } 10757 } 10758 } 10759 } 10760 10761 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10762 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10763 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10764 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10765 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10766 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10767 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10768 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10769 // struct or something similar. 10770 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10771 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10772 *Name)) { 10773 bool SafeToContinue 10774 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10775 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10776 if (SafeToContinue) 10777 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10778 << Name 10779 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10780 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10781 else 10782 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10783 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10784 10785 if (SafeToContinue) 10786 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10787 else { 10788 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10789 Name = 0; 10790 Previous.clear(); 10791 Invalid = true; 10792 } 10793 } 10794 10795 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10796 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10797 10798 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10799 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10800 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10801 if (ScopedEnum) 10802 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10803 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10804 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10805 return PrevTagDecl; 10806 } 10807 10808 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10809 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10810 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 10811 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10812 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10813 10814 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10815 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10816 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10817 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10818 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10819 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10820 } 10821 10822 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10823 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10824 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10825 // and then later defined. 10826 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10827 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10828 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10829 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10830 } 10831 10832 if (!Invalid) { 10833 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10834 10835 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10836 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10837 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10838 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10839 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10840 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10841 return PrevTagDecl; 10842 10843 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10844 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10845 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10846 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10847 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10848 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10849 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10850 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10851 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10852 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10853 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10854 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10855 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10856 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10857 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10858 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10859 } 10860 10861 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10862 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10863 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10864 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10865 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10866 else 10867 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10868 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10869 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10870 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10871 // references get the previous definition. 10872 Name = 0; 10873 Previous.clear(); 10874 Invalid = true; 10875 } 10876 } else { 10877 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10878 // about a nested redefinition. 10879 const TagType *Tag 10880 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10881 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10882 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10883 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10884 diag::note_previous_definition); 10885 Name = 0; 10886 Previous.clear(); 10887 Invalid = true; 10888 } 10889 } 10890 10891 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10892 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10893 } 10894 } 10895 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10896 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10897 10898 } else { 10899 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10900 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10901 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10902 // have distinct types. 10903 Previous.clear(); 10904 } 10905 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10906 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10907 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10908 10909 10910 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10911 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10912 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10913 } else { 10914 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10915 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10916 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10917 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10918 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10919 unsigned Kind = 0; 10920 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10921 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10922 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10924 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10925 Invalid = true; 10926 10927 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10928 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10929 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10930 // do nothing 10931 10932 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10933 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10934 unsigned Kind = 0; 10935 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10936 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10937 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10938 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10939 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10940 Invalid = true; 10941 10942 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10943 // case here. 10944 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10945 unsigned Kind = 0; 10946 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10947 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10948 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10949 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10950 Invalid = true; 10951 10952 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10953 } else { 10954 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10955 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10956 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10957 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10958 Name = 0; 10959 Invalid = true; 10960 } 10961 10962 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10963 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10964 Previous.clear(); 10965 } 10966 } 10967 10968 CreateNewDecl: 10969 10970 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10971 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10972 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10973 10974 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10975 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10976 // keyword. 10977 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10978 10979 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10980 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10981 // PrevDecl. 10982 TagDecl *New; 10983 10984 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10985 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10986 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10987 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10988 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10989 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10990 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10991 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10992 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10993 TagDecl *Def; 10994 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10995 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10996 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10997 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10998 } 10999 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11000 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11001 << New; 11002 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11003 } else { 11004 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11005 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11006 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11007 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11008 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11009 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11010 11011 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11012 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11013 // the declaration context. 11014 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11015 IsForwardReference = true; 11016 } 11017 } 11018 11019 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11020 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11021 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11022 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11023 else 11024 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11025 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11026 } 11027 11028 } else { 11029 // struct/union/class 11030 11031 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11032 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11034 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11035 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11036 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11037 11038 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11039 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11040 } else 11041 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11042 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11043 } 11044 11045 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11046 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11047 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11049 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11050 Invalid = true; 11051 } 11052 11053 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11054 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11055 if (SS.isSet()) { 11056 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11057 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11058 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11059 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11060 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11061 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11062 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11063 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11064 Invalid = true; 11065 11066 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11067 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11068 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11069 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11070 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11071 } 11072 } 11073 else 11074 Invalid = true; 11075 } 11076 11077 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11078 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11079 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11080 // 11081 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11082 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11083 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11084 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11085 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11086 // parsing of the struct). 11087 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11088 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11089 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11090 } 11091 } 11092 11093 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11094 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11096 << 2 11097 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11098 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11099 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11100 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11101 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11102 New->setModulePrivate(); 11103 } 11104 11105 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11106 // check the specialization. 11107 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11108 Invalid = true; 11109 11110 if (Invalid) 11111 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11112 11113 if (Attr) 11114 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11115 11116 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11117 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11118 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11120 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11121 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11122 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11123 } 11124 11125 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11126 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11127 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11128 11129 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11130 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11131 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11132 // the tag name visible. 11133 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11134 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 11135 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 11136 11137 // Set the access specifier. 11138 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11139 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11140 11141 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11142 New->startDefinition(); 11143 11144 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11145 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11146 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11147 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11148 if (PrevDecl) 11149 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11150 11151 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11152 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11153 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11154 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11155 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11156 } else if (Name) { 11157 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11158 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11159 if (IsForwardReference) 11160 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11161 11162 } else { 11163 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11164 } 11165 11166 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11167 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11168 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11169 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11170 II->isStr("FILE")) 11171 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11172 11173 if (PrevDecl) 11174 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11175 11176 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11177 // record. 11178 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11179 11180 OwnedDecl = true; 11181 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11182 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11183 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11184 } 11185 11186 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11187 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11188 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11189 11190 // Enter the tag context. 11191 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11192 11193 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11194 11195 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11196 // record. 11197 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11198 } 11199 11200 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11201 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11202 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11203 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11204 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11205 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11206 CurContext = OCD; 11207 return IDecl; 11208 } 11209 11210 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11211 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11212 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11213 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11214 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11215 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11216 11217 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11218 11219 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11220 return; 11221 11222 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11223 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11224 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11225 11226 // C++ [class]p2: 11227 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11228 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11229 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11230 // as if it were a public member name. 11231 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11232 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11233 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11234 Record->getIdentifier(), 11235 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11236 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11237 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11238 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11239 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11240 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11241 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11242 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11243 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11244 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11245 } 11246 11247 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11248 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11249 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11250 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11251 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11252 11253 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11254 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11255 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11256 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11257 RD->completeDefinition(); 11258 } 11259 11260 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11261 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11262 11263 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11264 PopDeclContext(); 11265 11266 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11267 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11268 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11269 11270 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11271 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11272 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11273 } 11274 11275 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11276 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11277 PopDeclContext(); 11278 } 11279 11280 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11281 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11282 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11283 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11284 } 11285 11286 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11287 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11288 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11289 } 11290 11291 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11292 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11293 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11294 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11295 11296 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11297 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11298 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11299 RD->completeDefinition(); 11300 } 11301 11302 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11303 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11304 // the FieldCollector. 11305 11306 PopDeclContext(); 11307 } 11308 11309 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11310 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11311 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11312 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11313 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11314 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11315 if (ZeroWidth) 11316 *ZeroWidth = true; 11317 11318 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11319 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11320 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11321 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11322 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11323 return ExprError(); 11324 if (FieldName) 11325 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11326 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11327 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11328 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11329 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11330 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11331 return ExprError(); 11332 11333 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11334 // it now. 11335 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11336 return Owned(BitWidth); 11337 11338 llvm::APSInt Value; 11339 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11340 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11341 return ICE; 11342 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11343 11344 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11345 *ZeroWidth = false; 11346 11347 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11348 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11349 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11350 11351 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11352 if (FieldName) 11353 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11354 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11355 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11356 << Value.toString(10); 11357 } 11358 11359 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11360 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11361 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11362 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11363 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11364 if (FieldName) 11365 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11366 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11367 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11368 11369 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11370 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11371 } 11372 11373 if (FieldName) 11374 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11375 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11376 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11377 else 11378 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11379 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11380 } 11381 } 11382 11383 return Owned(BitWidth); 11384 } 11385 11386 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11387 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11388 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11389 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11390 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11391 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11392 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11393 return Res; 11394 } 11395 11396 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11397 /// 11398 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11399 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11400 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11401 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11402 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11403 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11404 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11405 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11406 11407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11408 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11410 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11411 11412 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11413 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11414 D.setInvalidType(); 11415 T = Context.IntTy; 11416 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11417 } 11418 } 11419 11420 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11421 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11422 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11423 D.setInvalidType(); 11424 } 11425 11426 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11427 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11428 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11429 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11430 D.setInvalidType(); 11431 } 11432 11433 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11434 11435 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11436 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11437 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11438 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11439 11440 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11441 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11442 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11443 LookupName(Previous, S); 11444 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11445 case LookupResult::Found: 11446 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11447 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11448 break; 11449 11450 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11451 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11452 break; 11453 11454 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11455 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11456 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11457 break; 11458 } 11459 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11460 11461 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11462 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11463 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11464 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11465 PrevDecl = 0; 11466 } 11467 11468 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11469 PrevDecl = 0; 11470 11471 bool Mutable 11472 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11473 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11474 FieldDecl *NewFD 11475 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11476 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11477 11478 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11479 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11480 11481 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11482 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11483 11484 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11485 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11486 // with the same name in the same scope. 11487 } else if (II) { 11488 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11489 } else 11490 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11491 11492 return NewFD; 11493 } 11494 11495 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11496 /// 11497 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11498 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11499 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11500 /// created. 11501 /// 11502 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11503 /// 11504 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11505 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11506 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11507 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11508 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11509 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11510 SourceLocation TSSL, 11511 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11512 Declarator *D) { 11513 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11514 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11515 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11516 11517 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11518 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11519 if (T.isNull()) { 11520 InvalidDecl = true; 11521 T = Context.IntTy; 11522 } 11523 11524 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11525 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11526 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11527 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11528 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11529 InvalidDecl = true; 11530 } else { 11531 NamedDecl *Def; 11532 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11533 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11534 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11535 InvalidDecl = true; 11536 } 11537 } 11538 } 11539 11540 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11541 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11542 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11543 InvalidDecl = true; 11544 } 11545 11546 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11547 // than a variably modified type. 11548 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11549 bool SizeIsNegative; 11550 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11551 11552 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11553 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11554 SizeIsNegative, 11555 Oversized); 11556 if (FixedTInfo) { 11557 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11558 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11559 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11560 } else { 11561 if (SizeIsNegative) 11562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11563 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11564 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11565 << Oversized.toString(10); 11566 else 11567 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11568 InvalidDecl = true; 11569 } 11570 } 11571 11572 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11573 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11574 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11575 AbstractFieldType)) 11576 InvalidDecl = true; 11577 11578 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11579 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11580 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11581 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11582 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11583 if (!BitWidth) { 11584 InvalidDecl = true; 11585 BitWidth = 0; 11586 ZeroWidth = false; 11587 } 11588 } 11589 11590 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11591 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11592 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11593 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11594 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11595 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11596 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11597 11598 if (DiagID) { 11599 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11600 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11601 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11602 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11603 Mutable = false; 11604 InvalidDecl = true; 11605 } 11606 } 11607 11608 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 11609 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 11610 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 11611 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 11612 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 11613 11614 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11615 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11616 if (InvalidDecl) 11617 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11618 11619 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11620 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11621 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11622 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11623 } 11624 11625 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11626 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11627 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11628 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11629 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11630 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11631 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11632 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11633 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11634 // objects. 11635 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11636 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11637 } 11638 } 11639 11640 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11641 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11642 // enabled. 11643 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11644 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11645 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11646 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11647 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11648 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11649 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11650 } 11651 } 11652 } 11653 11654 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11655 // representation, not a parser representation. 11656 if (D) { 11657 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11658 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11659 11660 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11661 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11662 } 11663 11664 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11665 // retainable type. 11666 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11667 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11668 11669 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11670 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11671 11672 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11673 return NewFD; 11674 } 11675 11676 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11677 assert(FD); 11678 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11679 11680 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11681 return false; 11682 11683 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11684 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11685 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11686 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11687 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11688 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11689 // copy constructors. 11690 11691 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11692 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11693 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11694 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11695 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11696 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11697 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11698 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11699 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11700 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11701 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11702 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11703 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11704 member = CXXDestructor; 11705 11706 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11707 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11708 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11709 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11710 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11711 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11712 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11713 // members unavailable. 11714 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11715 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11716 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11717 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11718 "this system field has retaining ownership", 11719 Loc)); 11720 return false; 11721 } 11722 } 11723 11724 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11725 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11726 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11727 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11728 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11729 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11730 } 11731 } 11732 } 11733 11734 return false; 11735 } 11736 11737 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11738 /// AST enum value. 11739 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11740 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11741 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11742 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11743 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11744 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11745 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11746 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11747 } 11748 } 11749 11750 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11751 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11752 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11753 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11754 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11755 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11756 11757 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11758 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11759 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11760 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11761 11762 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11763 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11764 11765 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11766 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11767 11768 if (BitWidth) { 11769 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11770 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11771 if (!BitWidth) 11772 D.setInvalidType(); 11773 } else { 11774 // Not a bitfield. 11775 11776 // validate II. 11777 11778 } 11779 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11780 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11781 D.setInvalidType(); 11782 } 11783 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11784 // than a variably modified type. 11785 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11787 D.setInvalidType(); 11788 } 11789 11790 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11791 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11792 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11793 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11794 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11795 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11796 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11797 return 0; 11798 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11799 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11800 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11801 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11802 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11803 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11804 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11805 } 11806 else 11807 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11808 } else { 11809 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11810 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11811 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11813 return 0; 11814 } 11815 } 11816 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11817 } 11818 11819 // Construct the decl. 11820 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11821 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11822 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11823 11824 if (II) { 11825 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11826 ForRedeclaration); 11827 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11828 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11829 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11830 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11831 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11832 } 11833 } 11834 11835 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11836 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11837 11838 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11839 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11840 11841 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11842 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11843 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11844 11845 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11846 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11847 11848 if (II) { 11849 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11850 // these to the interface. 11851 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11852 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11853 } 11854 11855 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11856 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11857 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11858 11859 return NewID; 11860 } 11861 11862 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11863 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11864 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11865 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11866 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11867 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11868 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11869 return; 11870 11871 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11872 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11873 11874 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11875 return; 11876 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11877 if (!ID) { 11878 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11879 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11880 return; 11881 } 11882 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11883 else 11884 return; 11885 } 11886 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11887 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11888 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11889 11890 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11891 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11892 Context.CharTy, 11893 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11894 DeclLoc), 11895 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11896 true); 11897 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11898 } 11899 11900 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11901 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11902 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11903 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11904 11905 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11906 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11907 // it will now change. 11908 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11909 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11910 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11911 default: break; 11912 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11913 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11914 break; 11915 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11916 Context. 11917 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11918 break; 11919 } 11920 } 11921 11922 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11923 11924 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11925 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11926 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11927 if (Record) { 11928 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 11929 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 11930 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11931 ++NumNamedMembers; 11932 } 11933 } 11934 11935 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11936 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11937 11938 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11939 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11940 i != end; ++i) { 11941 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11942 11943 // Get the type for the field. 11944 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11945 11946 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11947 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11948 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11949 } 11950 11951 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11952 // diagnostics about it. 11953 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11954 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11955 continue; 11956 } 11957 11958 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11959 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11960 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11961 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11962 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11963 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11964 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11965 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11966 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11967 // array. 11968 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11969 // Field declared as a function. 11970 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11971 << FD->getDeclName(); 11972 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11973 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11974 continue; 11975 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11976 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11977 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11978 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11979 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11980 // Flexible array member. 11981 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11982 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11983 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11984 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11985 if (Record->isUnion()) 11986 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11987 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 11988 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11989 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 11990 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 11991 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11992 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11993 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 11994 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11995 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 11996 : NumNamedMembers < 1 11997 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 11998 : 0; 11999 12000 if (DiagID) 12001 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12002 << Record->getTagKind(); 12003 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12004 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12005 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12006 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12007 // of the type. 12008 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12009 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12010 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12011 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12012 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12014 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12015 12016 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12017 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12018 // 12019 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12020 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12021 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12022 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12023 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12024 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12025 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12026 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12027 continue; 12028 } 12029 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12030 if (Record) 12031 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12032 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12033 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12034 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12035 // Incomplete type 12036 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12037 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12038 continue; 12039 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12040 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12041 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12042 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12043 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12044 } else { 12045 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12046 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12047 // structures. 12048 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12050 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12051 else { 12052 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12053 // other structs as an extension. 12054 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12055 << FD->getDeclName(); 12056 if (Record) 12057 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12058 } 12059 } 12060 } 12061 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12062 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12063 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12064 AbstractIvarType)) { 12065 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12066 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12067 } 12068 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12069 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12070 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12071 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12072 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12073 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12074 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12075 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12076 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12077 FD->setType(T); 12078 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12079 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12080 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12081 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12082 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12083 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12084 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12085 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12086 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12087 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12088 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12089 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12090 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12091 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12092 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12093 loc)); 12094 } 12095 } else { 12096 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12097 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12098 } 12099 ARCErrReported = true; 12100 } 12101 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12102 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12103 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12104 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12105 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12106 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12107 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12108 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12109 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12110 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12111 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12112 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12113 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12114 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12115 } 12116 } 12117 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12118 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12119 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12120 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12121 ++NumNamedMembers; 12122 } 12123 12124 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12125 if (Record) { 12126 bool Completed = false; 12127 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12128 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12129 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12130 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12131 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12132 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12133 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12134 12135 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12136 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12137 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12139 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12140 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12141 } 12142 12143 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12144 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12145 12146 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12147 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12148 // problem now. 12149 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12150 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12151 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12152 12153 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12154 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12155 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12156 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12157 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12158 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12159 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12160 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12161 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12162 continue; 12163 12164 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12165 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12166 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12167 // program is ill-formed. 12168 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12169 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12170 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12171 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12172 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12173 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12174 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12175 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12176 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12177 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12178 12179 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12180 } 12181 } 12182 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12183 Completed = true; 12184 } 12185 } 12186 } 12187 } 12188 12189 if (!Completed) 12190 Record->completeDefinition(); 12191 12192 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12193 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12194 12195 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12196 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12197 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12198 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12199 } 12200 12201 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12202 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12203 // compatibility problems. 12204 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12205 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12206 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12207 } else { 12208 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12209 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12210 CheckForZeroSize = 12211 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12212 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12213 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12214 } 12215 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12216 bool ZeroSize = true; 12217 bool IsEmpty = true; 12218 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12219 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12220 E = Record->field_end(); 12221 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12222 IsEmpty = false; 12223 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12224 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12225 ZeroSize = false; 12226 } else { 12227 ++NonBitFields; 12228 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12229 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12230 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12231 ZeroSize = false; 12232 } 12233 } 12234 12235 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12236 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12237 // extern "C" block. 12238 if (ZeroSize) { 12239 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12240 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12241 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12242 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12243 } 12244 12245 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12246 // but are accepted by GCC. 12247 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12248 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12249 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12250 << Record->isUnion(); 12251 } 12252 } 12253 } else { 12254 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12255 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12256 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12257 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12258 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12259 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12260 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12261 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12262 } 12263 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12264 // duplicates. 12265 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12266 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12267 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12268 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12269 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12270 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12271 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12272 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12273 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12274 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12275 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12276 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12277 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12278 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12279 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12280 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12281 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12282 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12283 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12284 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12285 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12286 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12287 if (IDecl) { 12288 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12289 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12290 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12291 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12292 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12293 continue; 12294 } 12295 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12296 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12297 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12298 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12299 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12300 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12301 continue; 12302 } 12303 } 12304 } 12305 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12306 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12307 } 12308 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12309 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12310 } 12311 } 12312 12313 if (Attr) 12314 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12315 } 12316 12317 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12318 /// the given type T. 12319 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12320 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12321 QualType T) { 12322 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12323 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12324 12325 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12326 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12327 --BitWidth; 12328 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12329 } 12330 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12331 } 12332 12333 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12334 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12335 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12336 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12337 // enum checking below. 12338 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12339 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12340 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12341 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12342 }; 12343 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12344 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12345 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12346 }; 12347 12348 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12349 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12350 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12351 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12352 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12353 return Types[I]; 12354 12355 return QualType(); 12356 } 12357 12358 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12359 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12360 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12361 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12362 Expr *Val) { 12363 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12364 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12365 QualType EltTy; 12366 12367 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12368 Val = 0; 12369 12370 if (Val) 12371 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12372 12373 if (Val) { 12374 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12375 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12376 else { 12377 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12378 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12379 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12380 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12381 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12382 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12383 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12384 ExprResult Converted = 12385 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12386 CCEK_Enumerator); 12387 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12388 Val = 0; 12389 else 12390 Val = Converted.take(); 12391 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12392 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12393 &EnumVal).take())) { 12394 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12395 } else { 12396 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12397 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12398 12399 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12400 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12401 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12402 // expression checking. 12403 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12404 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12405 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12406 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12407 } else 12408 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12409 } else 12410 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12411 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12412 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12413 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12414 // is the type of its initializing value: 12415 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12416 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12417 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12418 } else { 12419 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12420 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12421 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12422 // representable as an int. 12423 12424 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12425 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12426 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12427 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12428 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12429 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12430 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12431 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12432 } 12433 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12434 } 12435 } 12436 } 12437 } 12438 12439 if (!Val) { 12440 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12441 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12442 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12443 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12444 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12445 // is the type of its initializing value: 12446 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12447 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12448 // 12449 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12450 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12451 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12452 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12453 } 12454 else { 12455 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12456 } 12457 } else { 12458 // Assign the last value + 1. 12459 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12460 ++EnumVal; 12461 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12462 12463 // Check for overflow on increment. 12464 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12465 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12466 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12467 // is the type of its initializing value: 12468 // 12469 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12470 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12471 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12472 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12473 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12474 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12475 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12476 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12477 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12478 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12479 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12480 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12481 ++EnumVal; 12482 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12483 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12484 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12485 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12486 << EltTy; 12487 else 12488 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12489 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12490 } else { 12491 EltTy = T; 12492 } 12493 12494 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12495 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12496 // value, then increment. 12497 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12498 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12499 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12500 ++EnumVal; 12501 12502 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12503 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12504 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12505 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12506 // integral type. 12507 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12508 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12509 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12510 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12511 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12512 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12513 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12514 } 12515 } 12516 } 12517 12518 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12519 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12520 // enumerator's type. 12521 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12522 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12523 } 12524 12525 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12526 Val, EnumVal); 12527 } 12528 12529 12530 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12531 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12532 AttributeList *Attr, 12533 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12534 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12535 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12536 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12537 12538 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12539 // we find one that is. 12540 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12541 12542 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12543 // scope. 12544 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12545 ForRedeclaration); 12546 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12547 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12548 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12549 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12550 PrevDecl = 0; 12551 } 12552 12553 if (PrevDecl) { 12554 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12555 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12556 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12557 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12558 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12559 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12560 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12561 else 12562 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12563 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12564 return 0; 12565 } 12566 } 12567 12568 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12569 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12570 // different from T: 12571 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12572 // enumerated type 12573 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12574 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12575 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12576 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12577 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12578 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12579 12580 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12581 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12582 12583 if (New) { 12584 // Process attributes. 12585 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12586 12587 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12588 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12589 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12590 } 12591 12592 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12593 12594 return New; 12595 } 12596 12597 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12598 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12599 // Element2 = Element1 12600 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12601 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12602 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12603 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12604 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12605 if (!InitExpr) 12606 return true; 12607 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12608 12609 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12610 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12611 return true; 12612 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12613 if (!IL) 12614 return true; 12615 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12616 return true; 12617 12618 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12619 } 12620 12621 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12622 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12623 if (!DRE) 12624 return true; 12625 12626 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12627 if (!EnumConstant) 12628 return true; 12629 12630 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12631 Enum) 12632 return true; 12633 12634 return false; 12635 } 12636 12637 struct DupKey { 12638 int64_t val; 12639 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12640 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12641 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12642 }; 12643 12644 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12645 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12646 false); 12647 } 12648 12649 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12650 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12651 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12652 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12653 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12654 } 12655 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12656 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12657 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12658 } 12659 }; 12660 12661 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12662 // a previous element has already been set to. 12663 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12664 EnumDecl *Enum, 12665 QualType EnumType) { 12666 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12667 Enum->getLocation()) == 12668 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12669 return; 12670 // Avoid anonymous enums 12671 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12672 return; 12673 12674 // Only check for small enums. 12675 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12676 return; 12677 12678 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12679 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12680 12681 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12682 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12683 ValueToVectorMap; 12684 12685 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12686 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12687 12688 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12689 // an initialier. 12690 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12691 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12692 12693 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12694 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12695 if (!ECD) { 12696 return; 12697 } 12698 12699 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12700 continue; 12701 12702 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12703 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12704 12705 // First time encountering this value. 12706 if (Entry.isNull()) 12707 Entry = ECD; 12708 } 12709 12710 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12711 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12712 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12713 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12714 continue; 12715 12716 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12717 12718 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12719 if (Entry.isNull()) 12720 continue; 12721 12722 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12723 // Ensure constants are different. 12724 if (D == ECD) 12725 continue; 12726 12727 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12728 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12729 Vec->push_back(D); 12730 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12731 12732 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12733 Entry = Vec; 12734 12735 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12736 // diagnostics. 12737 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12738 continue; 12739 } 12740 12741 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12742 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12743 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12744 continue; 12745 12746 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12747 } 12748 12749 // Emit diagnostics. 12750 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12751 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12752 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12753 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12754 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12755 12756 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12757 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12758 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12759 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12760 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12761 ++I; 12762 12763 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12764 // the same value. 12765 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12766 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12767 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12768 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12769 delete Vec; 12770 } 12771 } 12772 12773 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12774 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12775 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12776 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12777 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12778 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12779 12780 if (Attr) 12781 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12782 12783 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12784 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12785 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12786 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12787 if (!ECD) continue; 12788 12789 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12790 } 12791 12792 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12793 return; 12794 } 12795 12796 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12797 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12798 // emit a warning. 12799 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12800 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12801 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12802 12803 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12804 // reverse the list. 12805 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12806 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12807 12808 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12809 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12810 12811 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12812 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12813 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12814 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12815 12816 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12817 12818 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12819 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12820 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12821 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12822 else 12823 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12824 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12825 12826 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12827 if (AllElementsInt) 12828 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12829 } 12830 12831 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12832 QualType BestType; 12833 unsigned BestWidth; 12834 12835 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12836 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12837 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12838 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12839 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12840 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12841 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12842 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12843 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12844 QualType BestPromotionType; 12845 12846 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 12847 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12848 // enum definitions. 12849 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12850 Packed = true; 12851 12852 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12853 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12854 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12855 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12856 else 12857 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12858 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12859 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12860 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12861 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12862 } 12863 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12864 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12865 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12866 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12867 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12868 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12869 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12870 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12871 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12872 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12873 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12874 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12875 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12876 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12877 } else { 12878 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12879 12880 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12881 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12882 } else { 12883 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12884 12885 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12886 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 12887 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12888 } 12889 } 12890 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12891 } else { 12892 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12893 // all of the enumerator values. 12894 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12895 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12896 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12897 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12898 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12899 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12900 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12901 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12902 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12903 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12904 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12905 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12906 BestPromotionType 12907 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12908 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12909 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12910 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12911 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12912 BestPromotionType 12913 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12914 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12915 } else { 12916 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12917 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12918 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12919 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12920 BestPromotionType 12921 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12922 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12923 } 12924 } 12925 12926 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12927 // the type of the enum if needed. 12928 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12929 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12930 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12931 12932 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12933 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12934 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12935 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12936 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12937 12938 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12939 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12940 12941 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12942 // the enum decl type. 12943 QualType NewTy; 12944 unsigned NewWidth; 12945 bool NewSign; 12946 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12947 !Enum->isFixed() && 12948 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12949 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12950 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12951 NewSign = true; 12952 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12953 // Already the right type! 12954 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12955 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12956 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12957 // enumeration. 12958 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12959 continue; 12960 } else { 12961 NewTy = BestType; 12962 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12963 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12964 } 12965 12966 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12967 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12968 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12969 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12970 12971 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12972 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12973 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12974 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12975 CK_IntegralCast, 12976 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12977 /*base paths*/ 0, 12978 VK_RValue)); 12979 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12980 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12981 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12982 // enumeration. 12983 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12984 else 12985 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12986 } 12987 12988 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12989 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12990 12991 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12992 12993 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12994 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12995 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12996 } 12997 12998 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12999 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13000 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13001 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13002 13003 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13004 AsmString, StartLoc, 13005 EndLoc); 13006 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13007 return New; 13008 } 13009 13010 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13011 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13012 DeclContext *DC) { 13013 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13014 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13015 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13016 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13017 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13018 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13019 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13020 return; 13021 } 13022 break; 13023 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13024 break; 13025 } 13026 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13027 } 13028 13029 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13030 DC = DC->getParent(); 13031 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13032 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13033 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13034 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13035 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13036 << DC; 13037 } 13038 } 13039 13040 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13041 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13042 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13043 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 13044 Module::AllVisible, 13045 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13046 if (!Mod) 13047 return true; 13048 13049 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13050 13051 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13052 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13053 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13054 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13055 // We need the length to be consistent. 13056 if (!ModCheck) 13057 break; 13058 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13059 13060 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13061 } 13062 13063 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13064 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13065 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13066 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13067 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13068 return Import; 13069 } 13070 13071 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13072 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13073 13074 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13075 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13076 /*Complain=*/true); 13077 } 13078 13079 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 13080 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13081 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13082 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13083 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13084 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13085 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13086 13087 // Make the module visible. 13088 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13089 /*Complain=*/false); 13090 } 13091 13092 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13093 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13094 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13095 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13096 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13097 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13098 LookupOrdinaryName); 13099 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13100 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13101 13102 if (PrevDecl) 13103 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13104 else 13105 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13106 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13107 } 13108 13109 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13110 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13111 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13112 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13113 13114 if (PrevDecl) { 13115 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13116 } else { 13117 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13118 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13119 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 13120 } 13121 } 13122 13123 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13124 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13125 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13126 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13127 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13128 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13129 LookupOrdinaryName); 13130 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13131 13132 if (PrevDecl) { 13133 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13134 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13135 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13136 } else { 13137 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13138 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13139 } 13140 } 13141 13142 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13143 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13144 } 13145 13146 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13147 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13148 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13149 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13150 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13151 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13152 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13153 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13154 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13155 if (R != AR_Available) 13156 return R; 13157 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13158 } 13159 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13160 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13161 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13162 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13163 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13164 } 13165 return D->getAvailability(); 13166 } 13167